Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Devices / Accelerate Diagnostics

Accelerate Diagnostics

axdx · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker axdx
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Devices
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Accelerate Diagnostics
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

☑ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019.

Or

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number: 001-31822
ACCELERATE DIAGNOSTICS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

84-1072256
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

3950 South Country Club Road, Suite 470
Tucson, AZ 85714
(Address of principle executive offices)(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:
(520) 365-3100

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

Trading symbol
AXDX

Name of each exchange on which registered
The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

(The Nasdaq Capital Market)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. ☐ Yes ☑ No

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. ☐ Yes ☑ No

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  (1)  has  filed  all  reports  required  to  be  filed  by  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2)
has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. ☑ Yes ☐ No

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  every  Interactive  Data  File  required  to  be  submitted
pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§229.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant
was required to submit such files).
☑ Yes ☐ No

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  a  smaller
reporting  company,  or  an  emerging  growth  company.  See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer,”  “smaller  reporting
company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  
Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated file  
Smaller reporting company  
Emerging growth company  

☑

☐

☐

☐

☐

If  an  emerging  growth  company,  indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  has  elected  not  to  use  the  extended  transition  period  for

complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). ☐ Yes ☑ No

The aggregate market value of the shares of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates on June 30, 2019, the last day of the
registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was approximately $714.1 million based on the closing price quoted on The Nasdaq
Capital Market.

 
 
 
There were 54,913,303 shares of common stock of the registrant outstanding as of February 24, 2020.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions  of  the  definitive  proxy  statement  relating  to  the  registrant’s  2020  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  are  incorporated  by

reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Introductory Note
Forward-Looking Statements
Industry and other data
PART I
Item 1.  Business
Item 1A.  Risk Factors
Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2.  Properties
Item 3.  Legal Proceedings
Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures
PART II
Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity
Securities
Item 6.  Selected Financial Data
Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures
Item 9B.  Other Information
PART III
Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Item 11.  Executive Compensation
Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Item 14.  Principal Accounting Fees and Services
Item 15.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
Item 16.  Form 10-K Summary
SIGNATURES

3
3
3
4
4
16
40
40
40
40
40

41

42
43
52
52
87
87
88
88
88
88
88
88
88
89
90
91

2

Introductory Note

Except  as  otherwise  indicated  by  the  context,  references  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  (this  “Form  10-K“)  to  the  “Company,”

“Accelerate,” “we,” “us” or “our” are references to the combined business of Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc.

The Accelerate Pheno® system is also generically referred to herein as the “ID/AST System” or “Accelerate ID/AST System.”

Forward-Looking Statements

This  Form  10-K  contains  certain  forward-looking  statements  within  the  meaning  of  Section  27A  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as
amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the Company
intends that such forward-looking statements be subject to the safe harbors created thereby. These forward-looking statements, which can be
identified  by  the  use  of  words  such  as  “may,”  “will,”  “expect,”  “anticipate,”  “estimate,”  or  “continue,”  or  variations  thereon  or  comparable
terminology, include the Company’s future development plans and growth strategy, including plans and objectives relating to the products and
future economic performance of the Company, projections as to when certain key business milestones may be achieved, the potential of the
Company’s products or technology, the growth of the market, the Company’s estimates as to the size of the Company’s market opportunity and
potential  pricing,  the  Company’s  competitive  position  and  estimates  of  time  reduction  to  results.  In  addition,  all  statements  other  than
statements of historical facts that address activities, events, or developments the Company expects, believes, or anticipates will or may occur
in the future, and other such matters, are forward-looking statements.

The  forward-looking  statements  included  herein  are  based  on  current  expectations  that  involve  a  number  of  risks  and  uncertainties.
These forward-looking statements are based on assumptions that the Company will retain key management personnel, that the Company will
be able to protect its intellectual property, the Company’s ability to respond to technological change, that the Company will accurately anticipate
market  demand  for  the  Company’s  products  and  that  there  will  be  no  material  adverse  change  in  the  Company’s  operations  or  business.
Assumptions  relating  to  the  foregoing  involve  judgments  with  respect  to,  among  other  things,  future  economic,  competitive  and  market
conditions and future business decisions, all of which are difficult or impossible to predict accurately and many of which are beyond the control
of the Company. Although the Company believes that the assumptions underlying the forward-looking statements are reasonable, any of the
assumptions could prove inaccurate and, therefore, there can be no assurance that the results contemplated in forward-looking statements will
be realized. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information,
future events or otherwise.

The  following  discussion  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  Company’s  audited  financial  statements  and  related  notes  included
elsewhere  herein.  The  Company’s  future  operating  results  may  be  affected  by  various  trends  and  factors  which  are  beyond  the  Company's
control. These  include,  among  other  factors,  general  public  perception  of  issues  and  solutions,  and  other  uncertain  business  conditions  that
may  affect  the  Company’s  business.  The  Company  cautions  the  reader  that  a  number  of  important  factors  discussed  herein,  and  in  other
reports,  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the  “SEC”),  including  but  not  limited  to  the  risks  in  the  section  entitled  “Risk
Factors”  in  this  Form  10-K,  could  affect  the  Company’s  actual  results  and  cause  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  those  discussed  in
forward-looking statements.

Industry and other data

We obtained the industry, statistical and market data from our own internal estimates and research as well as from industry and general
publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Industry publications, studies and surveys generally state that they
have been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
While we believe that each of these studies and publications is reliable, we have not independently verified statistical, market and industry data
from third-party sources. While we believe our internal Company research is reliable and the market definitions are appropriate, neither such
research nor these definitions have been verified by any independent source.

3

PART I

Item 1. Business

Overview

Accelerate  Diagnostics,  Inc.  (“Accelerate”)  is  an  in  vitro  diagnostics  company  dedicated  to  providing  solutions  that  improve  patient
outcomes and lower healthcare costs through the rapid diagnosis of serious infections. Microbiology laboratories need new tools to address
what the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (the “CDC”) calls one of the most serious healthcare threats of our time, antibiotic
resistance. A significant contributing factor to the rise of resistance is the overuse and misuse of antibiotics, which is exacerbated by a lack of
timely diagnostic results. The delay of identification and antibiotic susceptibility results is often due to the reliance by microbiology laboratories
on  traditional  culture-based  tests  that  often  take  two  to  three  days  to  complete.  Our  technology  platform  is  intended  to  address  these
challenges by delivering significantly faster testing of infectious pathogens in various patient sample types.

Our  first  system  to  address  these  challenges  is  the  Accelerate  Pheno®  system.  The  Accelerate  Pheno  system  utilizes  genotypic
technology to identify (ID) infectious pathogens and phenotypic technology to conduct antibiotic susceptibility testing (AST), which determines
whether live bacterial and fungal cells are resistant or susceptible to a particular antimicrobial. The Accelerate PhenoTest® BC kit, which is the
first test kit for the system, provides ID and AST results for patients suspected of bacteremia or fungemia, both life-threatening conditions with
high  morbidity  and  mortality  risk.  This  information  is  used  to  rapidly  modify  antibiotic  therapy  to  lessen  adverse  events,  improve  clinical
outcomes, and help preserve the useful life of antibiotics.

On June 30, 2015, we declared our conformity to the European In Vitro Diagnostic Directive 98/79/EC and applied a CE Mark to the
Accelerate  Pheno  system  and  the  Accelerate  PhenoTest  BC  kit  for  in vitro  diagnostic  use.  On  February  23,  2017,  the  U.S.  Food  and  Drug
Administration (“FDA”) granted our de novo request to market our Accelerate Pheno system and Accelerate PhenoTest BC kit.

In 2017, we began selling the Accelerate Pheno system in hospitals in the United States, Europe, and the Middle East. Consistent with
the Company's “razor” / “razor-blade” business model, revenues to date have principally been generated from the sale of the instruments and
the sale of single use consumable test kits.

In  2019,  based  upon  our  initial  experience  selling  and  implementing  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system,  we  implemented  initiatives  to
improve  and  refine  our  commercial  execution  and  to  re-engineer  our  product  implementation  processes.  Improving  our  commercial  and
implementation capabilities remains an emphasis going forward, along with geographic expansion and product innovation.

History

We were incorporated in 1982 in Colorado under the name Sage Resources Corp., and through a series of subsequent transactions,

we became Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc., a Delaware corporation, in December 2012.

From  2001  to  2012,  we  focused  primarily  upon  furthering  the  research  and  development  of  the  OpTest  portfolio  of  technologies
(“OpTest”)  that  we  acquired  from  DDx,  Inc.  in  2001  and  the  development  of  revenue  producing  products  related  to  that  technology.  The
purchase  of  OpTest  provided  us  with  a  proprietary  surface  chemistry  formulation,  which  led  to  our  OptiChem  and  other  surface  chemistry
products, and quantitative bio-analytical measurement instruments.

In 2012, our Board of Directors and management team established a new strategic direction for the Company, which was (1) to focus
on the internal development, manufacture, and commercialization of the Accelerate Pheno system and (2) to discontinue efforts to develop and
actively  market  OptiChem  and  our  other  surface  chemistry  products.  Our  Board  of  Directors  and  management  pursued  this  new  strategic
direction  based  on  the  belief  that  we  could  internally  develop  and  commercialize  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system,  formerly  called  the  BacCel
System.

4

Since  the  adoption  of  the  new  strategic  direction  in  2012,  we  have  made  significant  investments  in  research  and  development
personnel, facilities, equipment, and consumables to support the internal development of the Accelerate Pheno system. The Company has also
invested  in  the  hiring  of  regulatory,  manufacturing,  quality,  sales,  and  marketing  personnel  experienced  in  the  manufacture  and
commercialization of medical devices.

This strategic direction required the Company to raise additional capital, including through the following transactions:
In June 2012, the Company raised $14.4 million through the sale of common stock to Abeja Ventures, LLC.
In  March  2013,  the  Company  obtained  additional  capital  through  the  exercise  of  warrants  issued  to  Abeja  Ventures,  LLC  in  the
aggregate amount of $20.1 million.
In August 2013, the Company completed a rights offering that raised gross proceeds of $20.0 million.
In April 2014, the Company completed a rights offering that raised gross proceeds of $45.0 million.
In December 2015, the Company completed a publicly marketed common stock offering that raised gross proceeds of $109.3 million.
In May 2017, the Company completed another publicly marketed common stock offering that raised additional gross proceeds of $89.0
million.
In March 2018, the Company completed a convertible debt offering providing additional gross proceeds of $171.5 million.

•
•

•
•
•
•

•

This  strategic  direction  coupled  with  various  investments  permitted  the  development,  clinical  trial  and  FDA  registration,  and
commercialization  of  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system  and  the  Accelerate  PhenoTest  BC  kit.  Accelerate  has  expanded  the  strategic  direction  it
took in 2012 to include the development of additional test kits, systems, and geographic expansion to advance its mission to improve patient
outcomes and lower healthcare costs through the rapid diagnosis of serious infections globally.

Clinical Need

Antibiotic  resistance  poses  a  significant  impact  to  healthcare,  costing  the  U.S.  an  estimated  $55  billion  per  year  in  healthcare  and
productivity costs. This  estimate  includes  $20  billion  in  direct  costs  and  $35  billion  in  indirect  costs,  such  as  lost  productivity  and  sick  days.
Increasing infection rates and misuse of antibiotics results in serious treatment complications. Recent studies have shown that the number of
hospital-acquired infections in the United States ranges from 214,700 to 1.4 million per year, contributing to an estimated 75,000 deaths per
year. According to the CDC, there are approximately 2 million illnesses per year attributable to antibiotic resistance. Moreover, inappropriate
antibiotic use is widespread. Of the approximately 35 million patients admitted to U.S. hospitals each year, 56% are put on empiric antibiotic
therapy, of which more than half are on inappropriate or unnecessary antibiotics.

AST  testing  determines  which  antibiotics  will  be  effective  and  which  will  be  ineffective  for  treating  a  particular  patient's  infections.
Accordingly, AST is ideally designed to address this challenge but previous post culture methods for obtaining AST results took 2-3 days to
deliver. Studies have shown that even a modest decrease in the time it takes to deliver an AST result correlates to reduced length and cost of
hospital stay per patient. One such study showed that a five hour reduction in the time to receive an AST result delivered a two-day reduction in
length of stay and a reduction in patient treatment costs of $1,750 per patient. Based on our analysis, we estimate that the Accelerate Pheno
system  is  capable  of  delivering  clinically-actionable  results  in  approximately  19  hours  from  the  time  a  blood  sample  is  received  by  the
laboratory, while current solutions often require 2-3 days to deliver these results. Studies have established that the Accelerate Pheno system is
between 24 and 36 hours faster to ID results and 36 to 54 hours faster to AST results.

Rapid  antibiotic  susceptibility  testing  is  particularly  important  in  improving  sepsis  patient  outcomes.  Sepsis  is  responsible  for
approximately 270,000 deaths in the U.S. annually, which is one in three U.S. hospital patient deaths. Optimizing antibiotics within the first 24
hours of hospitalization is critical. It is estimated that 80% of sepsis deaths could be prevented with rapid diagnosis and treatment. By providing
clinically-actionable results in hours instead of days, the Accelerate Pheno system plays a significant role in providing timely, effective therapy
to sepsis patients.

Market Opportunity

Across North America, Europe and Asia Pacific geographies, we estimate there are well over 100 million ID and AST tests completed
annually across various sample types. We estimate that of these tests, our current test kit, the Accelerate PhenoTest BC kit, can address the
over four million blood culture samples tested each year in North America and Europe.

5

In addition, based on information compiled from various competitor annual reports and other publicly available information, as well as
our  own  estimates,  we  believe  there  are  approximately  20,000  global  instrument  placements  currently,  consisting  of  approximately  10,000
bioMerieux  Vitek  2®  automated  instrument  installations,  6,000  Danaher  Microscan®  Systems  installations  and  4,000  instruments  from  other
companies. We believe these placements approximate the number of potential placements for the Accelerate Pheno system globally.

Certain government initiatives are complementary to the Accelerate Pheno system. For example, Centers for Medicare and Medicaid
Services (“CMS”) programs, which are designed to decrease hospital-acquired infections directly impact hospital budgets via reimbursement
cuts,  thereby  incentivizing  providers  to  enhance  infection-management  protocols.  These  programs  include  the  Medicare  Hospital-Acquired
Condition Reduction Program and the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program. Similarly, on March 27, 2015, the White House released the
National  Action  Plan  for  Combating  Antibiotic-Resistant  Bacteria,  which  directly  and  indirectly  promotes  rapid  susceptibility  testing.  The plan
identifies several milestones to accomplish this goal, such as calling on the National Institutes of Health to fund new projects and provide prizes
aimed  at  the  development  of  rapid  diagnostic  tests  that  characterize  antibiotic  susceptibility  and  improve  antibiotic  stewardship;  mandating
implementation of antibiotic stewardship programs by all hospitals participating in Medicare and Medicaid; and calling on the FDA and CMS to
evaluate  new  regulatory  pathways  to  promote  development  and  adoption  of  innovative  infectious  disease  diagnostics.  The  antibiotic
stewardship programs are being implemented by many hospitals in advance of the March 30, 2020 implementation deadline.

Products

The  Accelerate  Pheno  system  is  the  Company’s  first  in vitro  diagnostic  platform  and  is  intended  for  the  identification  and  antibiotic
susceptibility  testing  of  pathogens  most  commonly  associated  with  serious  or  health  care-associated  infections,  including  Gram-positive  and
Gram-negative  organisms,  as  well  as  yeast.  The  system  leverages  long-accepted  bacteriological  testing  principles  enhanced  by  proprietary
technology and automation enabling the analysis of live microbial cells. It detects and identifies pathogens directly from a single patient sample
followed  by  antimicrobial  susceptibility  testing  based  on  the  identification  results.  Antimicrobial  susceptibility  is  determined  by  morphokinetic
cellular analysis (“MCA”), a process that evaluates the change of individual cells and microcolonies in response to a range of antibiotics over
time. The system’s combined technologies and automation dramatically reduce the need for time-consuming traditional bacterial culturing, thus
eliminating the major source of delay with current testing methods. Identification results are typically available within 90 minutes of presenting
the patient sample to the system, and susceptibility results, including minimum inhibitory concentrations (“MIC”), are available about five hours
after identification results. In the case of the Accelerate PhenoTest BC kit for positive blood culture samples, a blood culture screening step is
required, which we estimate takes an average of approximately 12 hours to complete before the sample is introduced to the Accelerate Pheno
system. This combined turnaround time is a significant improvement over the multiple days currently required to obtain AST results, with MIC
details, using conventional testing methods.

The  Accelerate  Pheno  system  features  walk-away  automation  and  consists  of  a  fixed  instrument  and  proprietary  single-use  test  kit.
The instrument consists of module(s) connected to a single analysis computer, which allows hospitals to acquire various numbers of modules
to address their particular test volume. In order to run a patient sample on the Accelerate Pheno system a laboratory technician would pipette
the patient sample into our system, insert the Accelerate PhenoTest BC kit, and initiate the run. In the case of our initial test, a positive blood
culture sample is introduced to the system by pipetting directly from the blood culture bottle into our Accelerate PhenoTest BC kit.

The Accelerate Pheno system is the result of over a decade of technological development and several years of instrument design and
engineering. The  system  is  comprised  of  custom-engineered  functional  components,  including  a  robotic  pipettor  for  fluidic  manipulation,  an
optical system with both dark-field and fluorescent illumination, and an imaging system. These sensor components, among others, are used in
the four processes that follow, each of which is a crucial component in delivering the rapid ID and AST results.

These processes include:

Automated specimen preparation. The initial step in the process is the automated purification of samples through an on-board and
proprietary process to separate live organisms from sample debris.

Live-cell  immobilization.  Following  preparation,  the  purified  sample  is  moved  to  the  imaging  cassette  where  pathogens  are
immobilized onto the cassette surface such that they can be imaged and analyzed in a stationary position during the identification
and antibiotic susceptibility testing.

•

•

6

•

•

Identification  testing  via  fluorescent  in  situ  hybridization  (FISH).  The  now  immobilized  cells  are  tested  with  our  proprietary  FISH
probes  to  enable  identification.  Because  the  genetic  sequences  of  bacteria  are  distinctive,  the  binding  of  fluorescently  labeled
probes  indicates  the  presence  of  a  specific  target  sequence  of  RNA  associated  with  a  single  or  group  of  bacterial  species  or
yeasts. When the probe finds a targeted sequence, it binds to it—generating a fluorescent signal—which is visible by the imaging
system  on  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system.  Positive  fluorescent  signals  from  more  than  one  target  probe  indicate  polymicrobial
samples and a universal bacterial stain discriminates target from non-target bacteria or fungi. The identification result is presented
on the Accelerate Pheno system's graphic user interface in approximately 90 minutes from the introduction of the sample into the
Accelerate Pheno system.

Susceptibility testing via live-cell optical analysis. With the identification of the pathogen known, the system’s software determines
the  antibiotic  panel  to  be  used  for  susceptibility  testing.  These  antibiotics,  growth  media,  and  additional  patient  sample  are
introduced  to  additional  channels  on  the  optical  cassette.  Finally,  our  proprietary  imaging  platform  and  algorithms  determine  the
minimum inhibitory concentration of the bacteria by observing which antibiotics arrested live cell growth and led to cell death and
which  antibiotics  were  ineffective  in  ceasing  live  cell  growth.  The  susceptibility  test  result  is  presented  approximately  five  hours
after the conclusion of the identification test.

The  Accelerate  Pheno  system  has  been  the  subject  of  dozens  of  scientific  posters  and  studies.  Recent  studies  and  associated
publications  have  covered  subjects  including  time  savings,  performance,  opportunity  rates  for  clinical  interventions,  and  clinical  outcomes
including 
full  papers  are  available  on  our  website  at
http://acceleratediagnostics.com/updates/#publications.

study  abstracts  and 

stay.  Published 

length  of 

links 

to 

Research and Development

The  Company  plans  to  continue  making  significant  investments  in  the  research  and  development  of  new  applications  for  existing

technologies and in the research and development of new complementary technologies.

Since  the  completion  and  launch  of  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system  and  Accelerate  PhenoTest  BC  kit,  the  Company  has  focused  on
product improvements and the development of additional test kits to address opportunities in additional sample types including, but not limited
to,  our  next  kit  for  bacterial  pneumonia  samples.  Similar  to  the  Accelerate  PhenoTest  BC  kit,  the  objective  is  to  develop  test  kits  that  work
seamlessly with the Accelerate Pheno system and deliver substantial benefits to microbiology laboratories and to physicians in the treatment of
serious infections.

We anticipate seeking separate regulatory approval for each additional test kit that we develop. If and when we determine that we will
pursue regulatory approvals for those applications, we would likely include the identification of the most prevalent infectious pathogens found in
each specimen type and the most commonly prescribed antimicrobial agents for treatment.

Our  research  activity  also  includes  the  evaluation  and  development  of  (i)  technologies  which  reduce  the  cost  and  increase  the
throughput of AST, (ii) improved identification technologies, and (iii) other platform technologies potentially useful in addressing other parts of
the infectious disease laboratory testing workflow.

The  Company's  research  and  development  expense  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2019,  2018  and  2017,  is  included  in  the

consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, employee and third-party non-disclosure agreements,
license  agreements,  and  other  intellectual  property  protection  methods  to  protect  our  proprietary  rights.  We  intend  to  continue  developing
intellectual property, and we intend to aggressively protect our position in key technologies. Our patented technology covers key components of
the Accelerate Pheno system and is, thus, very important to the Company. Our patents are focused on several key technologies, including our
automated process for sample preparation, and methods for imaging and analysis of individual pathogen cells. The Company’s first patent on
the Accelerate Pheno system technology, U.S. Patent No. 7,341,841 titled “Rapid Microbial Detection and Antimicrobial Susceptibility Testing,”
was issued on March 11, 2008. The patent specification covers methods used to derive identification and antibiotic susceptibility from tests on
individual immobilized bacterial cells. As of

7

December 31, 2019, we had 57 issued patents worldwide, including 18 patents issued in the United States and 39 issued outside the United
States.  Our  patents  are  set  to  expire  on  various  dates  in  2022  through  2035.  Additionally,  as  of  December  31,  2019,  we  had  12  patent
applications  pending  worldwide,  including  7  U.S.  applications  and  5  applications  outside  the  United  States.  The  Company  believes  that  its
patent suite would make it difficult for any other company to conduct rapid antibiotic susceptibility testing of individual pathogens utilizing our
technology. From a trademark perspective, we had 33 registered marks protecting our brand and prospective products both domestically and
internationally.

Sales, Marketing, and Distribution

The  target  customers  for  our  products  are  hospital  microbiology  laboratories  that  perform  identification  and  antibiotic  susceptibility
testing. In general, we utilize our own direct sales force to market the Accelerate Pheno system to our targeted customers. However, in select
geographies, we use third-party distributors to market, sell and support the product.

The business, while not seasonal, is influenced by the timing of hospital budget and tender approval cycles which vary by geography.
Due  to  the  relatively  long  sales  cycles,  order  back-logs  are  not  typical,  and  we  manage  our  inventory  based  on  an  estimation  of  demand
forecasts.

For the year ended December 31, 2019,  none  of  the  Company’s  customers  represented  more  than  10%  of  the  Company’s  total  net

sales.

Competition

The leading companies with automated microbiological testing products include Becton, Dickinson and Company (“BD”), bioMerieux,
Danaher  Corporation  (“Danaher”)  and  Thermo  Fisher  Scientific’s  subsidiary  TREK  Diagnostics  Systems,  Inc.  (“TREK”).  These  companies
provide  products  for  the  broad-based  culturing  and  analysis  of  a  wide  variety  of  bacteria.  These  competitors’  AST  products  require  purified
bacterial  strains  or  “isolates”  for  analysis,  which  require  at  least  overnight  culturing  of  a  sample  to  produce  enough  organisms  to  test.  We
believe  these  standard  culturing  methods,  including  enrichment  growth  and  colony  isolation,  cannot  achieve  the  speed  that  the  Accelerate
Pheno  system  provides.  These  companies  and  other  competitors,  such  as  T2  Biosystems  have  automated  bacterial  identification  products
which provide a component of the clinical diagnostics solution but lack rapid AST functionality.

Potential  competitors  for  rapid  AST  have  recently  made  announcements  at  various  trade  shows,  including  -  but  not  limited  to;
Quantamatrix, Q-Linea, Specific Technologies, and Lifescale. While we do not have visibility into all of these companies’ respective stages of
development, we believe they are early stage and will require years to achieve FDA approval, establish performance and outcome data, and
commercialize their products. In addition to existing and emerging companies, there are manual methods which could be validated by individual
hospitals to deliver rapid identification and susceptibility results. See “Risk Factors-Risks Related to Our Business and Strategy-Our industry is
highly competitive, and we may not be successful in competing with our competitors. We currently face competition from new and established
competitors  and  expect  to  face  competition  from  others  in  the  future,  including  those  with  new  products,  technologies  or  techniques”  for
additional information.

Industry Developments

The  clinical  microbiology  industry  is  subject  to  rapid  technological  changes,  and  new  products  are  frequently  introduced  for  rapid
bacterial  identification  using  genes  or  other  molecular  markers.  Numerous  acquisitions,  licenses,  and  distribution  arrangements  have  been
announced over the last few years for such products. However, we do not believe that any of these technologies offers the advantages afforded
by the Accelerate Pheno system. For example, gene detection can be highly sensitive and specific for the identification of pathogens, but very
few  antibiotic  resistance  mechanisms  are  simple  enough  to  accurately  guide  drug  selection.  Even  in  those  rare  instances  where  there  is  a
direct  relationship  between  a  gene  and  effective  resistance,  such  as  particular  Methicillin-Resistant  Staphylococcus  aureus  (MRSA)  strains,
leading literature has reported novel mutations that escape detection by recently commercialized tests.

Fundamental biological limitations arise from the complexity of the majority of drug resistance expression mechanisms. This complexity
precludes direct interpretation of molecular marker presence or absence and extrapolating to prescription guidance. Accordingly, recent studies
indicate that identification and resistance results alone are not consistently acted upon by clinicians. Further, many new diagnostic technologies
also require prior

8

isolation of cultured colonies in order to assure accuracy. The time required to obtain such isolates, with a minimum of overnight turnaround,
prevents these technologies from serving as rapid diagnostics for treatment decision support.

Another new technology receiving wide attention is mass spectrometry, and particularly the matrix-assisted laser desorption ionization
time of flight version (“MALDI-TOF”), such as the Biotyper® system from Bruker Corporation. Bruker Corporation has agreements with a number
of companies for distribution, including BD, TREK, and Siemens. bioMerieux has a similar system for distribution with Shimadzu Corporation.
These  systems  build  an  empiric  database  from  protein  spectra  acquired  from  many  thousands  of  purified  bacterial  and  fungal  strains.  They
require  a  pure  strain  isolate  for  analysis  and  enrichment  culturing  to  produce  enough  material  to  analyze.  Some  research  papers  on  these
systems  report  attempts  to  directly  analyze  isolate  or  blood  culture  smears,  but  results  are  not  as  reliable  as  those  from  samples  prepared
using a cleanup process to produce crude protein extracts.

MALDI-TOF systems have a major advantage over other molecular methods in identifying a very broad range of organisms. Cost  of
ownership is also substantially below that of older molecular methods. But the requirement for extensive organism enrichment and purification,
as well as the inability to quantify live organisms or distinguish samples derived from viable organisms, substantially limits this technology from
time-critical decision support. In this respect, the Accelerate Pheno system provides a substantial advantage for more rapid test results. Finally,
as with the older molecular methods, MALDI-TOF systems cannot identify major drug resistance expression and face the same fundamental
biological barriers as gene detection.

Government Regulation

Our  products  under  development  and  our  operations  are  subject  to  significant  government  regulation.  In  the  United  States,  our

products are regulated as medical devices by the FDA and other federal, state, and local regulatory authorities.

FDA Regulation of Medical Devices

The FDA and other U.S. and foreign governmental agencies regulate, with respect to medical devices:

design, development, manufacturing, and storage;

testing, content, and language of instructions for use and storage;

labeling;

pre-clinical testing and clinical trials;

product safety;

advertising, promotion, marketing, sales, and distribution;

pre-market clearance and approval;

record-keeping procedures;

advertising and promotion;

recalls and corrective field actions;

post-market  reporting,  including  reporting  of  deaths,  serious  injuries,  and  malfunctions  that,  if  they  were  to  recur,  could  lead  to
death or serious injury;

post-market studies and surveillance; and

product import and export.

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

9

In  the  United  States,  numerous  laws  and  regulations  govern  all  the  processes  by  which  medical  devices  are  brought  to  market  and
marketed. These include the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (the “FDCA”) and the FDA's regulations implementing the law codifying the
FDCA.

FDA Pre-market Clearance and Approval Requirements

Each  medical  device  we  seek  to  commercially  distribute  in  the  United  States  must  first  receive  510(k)  clearance,  approval  of  a
reclassification petition or de novo classification request, or pre-market approval from the FDA, unless specifically exempted by the FDA. The
FDA categorizes medical devices into one of three classes - Class I, II, or III - based on their risks and the regulatory controls necessary to
provide a reasonable assurance of safety and effectiveness. Class I devices generally pose the lowest risk to the patient and/or user and Class
III  devices  pose  the  highest  risk.  Regulatory  control  increases  from  Class  I  to  Class  III.  The  device  classification  regulation  defines  the
regulatory requirements for a general device type. Generally, in order to market or commercially distribute a Class I, II, and III device intended
for human use in the United States, for which a Premarket Approval application (PMA) is not required, one must submit a 510(k) to FDA unless,
as noted, the device is exempt from the 510(k) pre-market notification requirements of the FDCA. Per the FDA, generally, most Class I devices
are exempt from Premarket Notification 510(k); most Class II devices require Premarket Notification 510(k); and most Class III devices require
a PMA.

510(k) Clearance Process

To  obtain  510(k)  clearance,  we  must  submit  a  pre-market  notification  to  the  FDA  demonstrating  that  the  proposed  device  is
substantially  equivalent  to  a  device  that  has  previously  obtained  510(k)  clearance,  a  device  that  has  been  classified  into  Class  I  or  II,  or  a
device that was legally marketed before May 28, 1976 and that is not yet subject to an FDA order requiring pre-market approval. In rare cases,
Class III devices may be cleared through the 510(k) process. The FDA has committed to review most 510(k) decisions within 90 days, but the
review  clock  may  be  stopped  due  to  requests  for  additional  information.  A  decision  may  take  significantly  longer,  and  clearance  is  never
assured. Although many 510(k) pre-market notifications are cleared without clinical data, in some cases, the FDA requires significant clinical
data  to  support  substantial  equivalence.  In  reviewing  a  pre-market  notification  submission,  the  FDA  may  request  additional  information,
including clinical data, which may significantly prolong the review process.

After  a  device  receives  510(k)  clearance,  any  subsequent  modification  of  the  device  that  could  significantly  affect  its  safety  or
effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, requires a new 510(k) clearance or, in some cases, approval of a
PMA. The FDA requires each manufacturer to make this determination initially, but the FDA may review any such decision and may disagree
with a manufacturer's determination. If the FDA disagrees with a manufacturer's determination, the FDA may require the manufacturer to cease
marketing and/or recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or approval of a PMA is obtained. Under these circumstances, the FDA may
also subject a manufacturer to enforcement action and sanctions, including those described below. In addition, the FDA is currently evaluating
the  510(k)  process  and  may  make  substantial  changes  to  regulatory  requirements,  including  changes  that  could  affect  which  devices  are
eligible for 510(k) clearance, the FDA’s ability to rescind 510(k) clearances, and additional requirements that may significantly impact the 510(k)
review process.

Pre-market Approval (“PMA”) Process

A PMA generally must be submitted if the medical device is in Class III or cannot be cleared through the 510(k) process. A PMA must
be supported by extensive technical, preclinical, clinical, manufacturing, and labeling data to demonstrate to the FDA's satisfaction the safety
and effectiveness of the device.

After a PMA is submitted and filed, the FDA begins an in-depth review of the submitted information. During this review, the FDA may
request additional information or clarification of information already provided. Also during the review period, an advisory panel of experts from
outside the FDA may be convened to review and evaluate the application and provide recommendations to the FDA as to the approvability of
the device. In addition, the FDA will conduct a pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facility to ensure compliance with Quality System
Regulation (“QSR”), which imposes elaborate development, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance requirements on the
design and manufacturing process. The FDA has committed to review most PMAs within 180 days where an advisory panel is not required and
within 320 days where an advisory panel is required, but the review clock may be stopped due to requests for additional information. A decision
may take significantly longer, and approval is never assured. The FDA may approve a PMA with post-approval conditions intended to ensure
the safety and effectiveness of the device including restrictions on labeling, promotion, sale, and distribution and collection of safety

10

data. Failure to comply with the conditions of approval can result in enforcement action and sanctions, including those described below. New
PMAs  or  PMA  supplements  are  required  for  significant  modifications  to  the  manufacturing  process,  labeling  of  the  product,  or  design  of  a
device that is approved through the PMA process. PMA supplements often require submission of the same type of information as an original
PMA, except that the supplement is limited to information needed to support any changes from the device covered by the original PMA and
may not require as extensive clinical data or the convening of an advisory panel.

De novo Classification Process

Medical device types that the FDA has not previously classified as Class I, II, or III are automatically classified into Class III regardless
of  the  level  of  risk  they  pose.  The  Food  and  Drug  Administration  Modernization  Act  of  1997  established  a  new  route  to  market  for  low-to-
moderate  risk  medical  devices  that  are  automatically  placed  into  Class  III  due  to  the  absence  of  a  predicate  device,  called  the  “Request  for
Evaluation  of  Automatic  Class  III  Designation,”  or  the  de  novo  classification  procedure.  This  procedure  allows  a  manufacturer  whose  novel
device is automatically classified into Class III to request down-classification of its medical device into Class I or Class II on the basis that the
device presents low or moderate risk, rather than requiring the submission and approval of a PMA. Prior to the enactment of the Food and Drug
Administration  Safety  and  Innovation  Act  (“FDASIA”)  in  July  2012,  a  medical  device  could  only  be  eligible  for  de  novo  classification  if  the
manufacturer first submitted a 510(k) pre-market notification and received a determination from the FDA that the device was not substantially
equivalent to a predicate device. FDASIA streamlined the de novo classification pathway by permitting manufacturers to also request de novo
classification  directly  without  first  submitting  a  510(k)  pre-market  notification  to  the  FDA  and  receiving  a  not  substantially  equivalent
determination. Under FDASIA, the FDA is required to classify the device within 120 days following receipt of such a direct de novo request;
however, this time period can be extended if questions and/or requests for additional information are asked of the applicant. If the manufacturer
seeks  classification  into  Class  II,  the  manufacturer  should  include  a  draft  proposal  for  special  controls  that  are  necessary  to  provide  a
reasonable  assurance  of  the  safety  and  effectiveness  of  the  medical  device.  In  addition,  the  FDA  may  reject  a  de  novo  request  if  the  FDA
identifies a legally marketed predicate device that would be appropriate for a 510(k), determines that the device is not low-to-moderate risk, or
determines that general controls would be inadequate to control the risks and special controls cannot be developed.

In July of 2016, we submitted a de novo request for evaluation of automatic Class III Designation to the FDA for the Accelerate Pheno
system and Accelerate PhenoTest BC kit. On February 23, 2017, the FDA granted our de novo request to market the Accelerate Pheno system
and Accelerate PhenoTest BC kit.

Clinical Trials

Clinical trial data is typically required to support a PMA and is usually required for a 510(k) pre-market notification. Initiation of a clinical
trial generally requires submission of an application for an Investigational Device Exemption (an “IDE”) to the FDA. The IDE application must be
supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results, showing that it is safe to test the device in humans and that the
investigational protocol is scientifically sound. The IDE application must be approved in advance by the FDA for a specified number of patients,
unless  the  product  is  deemed  a  non-significant  risk  device  and  eligible  for  abbreviated  IDE  requirements.  Clinical  trials  for  a  significant  risk
device may begin once the IDE application is approved by the FDA as well as the appropriate institutional review boards at the clinical trial sites
and  the  informed  consent  of  the  patients  participating  in  the  clinical  trial  is  obtained.  After  a  trial  begins,  the  FDA  may  place  it  on  hold  or
terminate if it concludes that the clinical subjects are exposed to unacceptable risks. Any trials we conduct must be undertaken in accordance
with  FDA  regulations  as  well  as  other  federal  regulations  and  state  laws  concerning  human  subject  protection  and  privacy.  Moreover,  the
results of a clinical trial may not be sufficient to obtain clearance or approval of the product.

Clinical trial sponsors may also be subject to the Medicare Secondary Payer laws, which prohibit Medicare from making a payment if
payment has been made or can reasonably be expected to be made by other plans, such as liability insurance plans (including self-insurance).
Section  111  of  the  Medicare,  Medicaid,  and  SCHIP  Extension  Act  of  2007  (“MMSEA”)  established  mandatory  reporting  requirements  with
respect  to  Medicare  beneficiaries  who  receive  settlements,  judgments,  awards,  or  other  payment  from  liability  insurance  (including  self-
insurance) plans. When payments are made by sponsors of clinical trials for complications or injuries arising out of the trials, such payments
are  considered  to  be  payments  by  liability  insurance  (including  self-insurance)  and  must  be  reported.  Section  III  of  the  MMSEA  includes
authority for CMS to impose civil monetary penalties against liability insurance (including self-insurance) plans that are determined to be non-
compliant with the applicable reporting requirements.

11

Pervasive and Continuing Regulation

After a medical device is placed on the market, numerous FDA regulatory requirements apply, including the following:

•

•

the QSR, which imposes elaborate development, testing, control, documentation, and other quality assurance requirements on the
design and manufacturing process;

establishment registration, which requires establishments involved in the production and distribution of medical devices, intended
for commercial distribution in the United States, to register with the FDA;

• medical device listing, which requires manufacturers to list the devices they have in commercial distribution with the FDA;

•

•

labeling  regulations  and  various  statutory  provisions,  which  prohibit  false  or  misleading  labeling,  as  well  as  the  promotion  of
products for unapproved or “off-label” uses, and impose other restrictions on labeling; and

post-market reporting requirements, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA deaths, serious injuries, and malfunctions
that, if they were to recur, could lead to death or serious injury, recalls, and corrective field actions.

In certain cases, advertising is also subject to scrutiny by the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) in addition to the FDA. The FDA and
other agencies actively enforce these and other applicable laws and regulations, accordingly. Failure to comply with applicable requirements
may  result  in  enforcement  action  by  the  FDA  and/or  the  U.S.  Department  of  Justice,  which  may  include  one  or  more  of  the  following
administrative or judicial sanctions:

•

•

untitled letters or warning letters;

fines, injunctions, and civil penalties;

• mandatory recall or seizure of our products;

•

•

•

•

•

•

administrative detention or banning of our products;

operating restrictions, partial suspension, or total shutdown of production;

import holds;

refusing to approve pending 510(k) notifications or PMAs;

revocation of 510(k) clearance or pre-market approvals previously granted; and

criminal prosecution and penalties.

International Regulation

Sales of medical devices outside the United States are subject to foreign government regulations, which vary substantially from country
to country. In order to market our products in other countries, we must obtain regulatory approvals and comply with extensive safety and quality
regulations in other countries. The time required to obtain approval by a foreign country may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA
clearance or approval, and the requirements may differ significantly.

In the European Economic Area, or EEA, which comprises the 28 Member States of the EU plus Liechtenstein, Norway and Iceland, in
vitro  medical  devices  are  required  to  conform  with  the  essential  requirements  of  the  EU  Directive  on  in  vitro  diagnostic  medical  devices
(Directive 98/79/EC, as amended). To demonstrate compliance with the essential requirements, the manufacturer must undergo a conformity
assessment procedure. The conformity assessment varies according to the type of medical device and its classification. For low-risk devices,
the  conformity  assessment  can  be  carried  out  internally,  but  for  higher  risk  devices  (self-test  devices  and  those  included  in  List  A  and  B  of
Annex II of

12

Directive 98/79/EC) it requires the intervention of an accredited EEA Notified Body. If successful, the conformity assessment concludes with the
drawing up by the manufacturer of an EC Declaration of Conformity entitling the manufacturer to affix the CE mark to its products and to sell
them throughout the EEA. The EC Declaration of Conformity was received by the Company in 2015.

Other Healthcare Laws

Following  the  FDA’s  granting  of  our  de  novo  request  to  market  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system  and  Accelerate  PhenoTest  BC  kit,  we
commenced  active  commercialization  of  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system.  Such  business  activities,  including  the  activities  of  any  third-party
distributors that we retain, will be subject to additional healthcare laws and regulations and related enforcement by the federal government as
well  as  the  governments  of  states  and  foreign  jurisdictions  where  we  conduct  our  business.  These  laws  and  regulations  include,  without
limitation, state and federal anti-kickback, fraud and abuse, false claims, privacy and security, and physician payment transparency laws and
regulations.  Violations  of  these  laws  or  regulations  can  result  in  criminal  or  civil  sanctions,  including  substantial  fines  and,  in  some  cases,
exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid. The following discussion describes certain federal
and state healthcare laws and regulations that may impact our operations and the operations of our customers, but is not intended to be an
exhaustive discussion of all potentially applicable federal and state health laws and regulations.

The  U.S.  federal  Anti-Kickback  Statute  prohibits  any  person  from  knowingly  and  willfully  offering,  soliciting,  receiving,  or  providing
remuneration, directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual for an
item or service, or the purchasing, leasing, ordering, or arranging for or recommending the purchase, lease, or order of any good, facility, item,
or  service  for  which  payment  may  be  made,  in  whole  or  in  part,  under  a  federal  healthcare  program,  such  as  the  Medicare  and  Medicaid
programs. A person need not have actual knowledge of the Anti-Kickback Statute or specific intent in order to commit a violation, and several
courts  have  interpreted  the  intent  requirement  of  the  Anti-Kickback  Statute  to  mean  that  if  any  one  purpose  of  an  arrangement  is  to  induce
referrals or purchases of federal healthcare program business, the Anti-Kickback Statute has been violated. In addition to criminal fines and
penalties  set  forth  under  the  Anti-Kickback  Statute,  violations  of  the  Anti-Kickback  Statute  can  result  in  exclusion  or  debarment  from
participation  in  the  federal  healthcare  programs,  as  well  as  substantial  penalties  under  the  Civil  Monetary  Penalties  Statute,  which  imposes
penalties against any person or entity that is determined to have presented or caused to be presented a claim to a federal healthcare program
that the person knows or should know is for an item or service that was not provided as claimed or is false or fraudulent. A violation of the
federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal False Claims Act, which, as discussed below,
imposes liability on any person or entity that knowingly presents, or causes to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment by a federal
healthcare program. Several states also have anti-kickback laws which establish similar prohibitions and, in some cases, may apply to items or
services reimbursed by any third-party payer, including commercial insurers.

The  federal  False  Claims  Act  imposes  liability  on  any  person  or  entity  that  knowingly  presents  or  causes  to  be  presented  a  false  or
fraudulent claim for payment to, or approval by, the U.S. government. Liability under the False Claims Act can give rise to treble damages and
civil monetary penalties. In addition to actions initiated by the government itself, the qui tam provisions of the False Claims Act authorize private
individuals to bring False Claims Act actions on behalf of the federal government alleging that the defendant has submitted a false claim to the
federal  government,  and  to  share  in  a  percentage  of  the  recovery.  In  recent  years,  the  government  and  qui  tam  relators  have  initiated  suits
resulting  in  multi-million  and  multi-billion  dollar  settlements  under  the  False  Claims  Act  in  addition  to  criminal  convictions  under  applicable
criminal  statutes.  Given  the  significant  size  of  actual  and  potential  settlements,  it  is  expected  that  the  government  and  qui  tam  relators  will
continue to devote substantial resources and use the False Claims Act to investigate and prosecute healthcare companies’ compliance with
applicable fraud and abuse laws.

The  federal  Health  Insurance  Portability  and  Accountability  Act  of  1996  (“HIPAA”)  created  federal  criminal  statutes  that  prohibit
knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme or artifice to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private
third-party payers or to obtain—by means of false or fraudulent pretenses, representations, or promises—any of the money or property owned
by  or  under  the  custody  or  control  of  any  healthcare  benefit  program;  and  knowingly  and  willfully  falsifying,  concealing,  or  covering  up  a
material  fact  or  making  any  materially  false,  fictitious,  or  fraudulent  statement  in  connection  with  the  delivery  of  or  payment  for  healthcare
benefits, items or services. The Affordable Care Act (“ACA”) amended certain sections of the HIPAA criminal statutes such that a person need
not have actual knowledge of the applicable statute or specific intent in order to have committed a healthcare fraud violation.

13

As stated above, many states and foreign countries have adopted similar fraud and abuse laws that may be broader in scope and may
apply regardless of payer. Violations of any of these laws can lead to additional risk such as risk of plaintiff class actions, state attorney general
actions, and investigation by agencies such as the Department of Justice (“DOJ”) or the FTC.

The  Physician  Payment  Sunshine  Act,  implemented  by  Section  6002  of  the  ACA,  imposes  transparency  requirements  on  certain
manufacturers,  referred  to  as  “applicable  manufacturers,”  of  drugs,  devices,  biological,  or  medical  supplies  for  which  payment  is  available
under  Medicare,  Medicaid,  the  Children’s  Health  Insurance  Program  (“CHIP”),  or  a  waiver  of  a  plan  offered  under  CHIP.  Applicable
manufacturers must track and report to the CMS certain payments or “transfers of value” provided to U.S. licensed physicians and teaching
hospitals during the preceding calendar year, as well as certain ownership and investment interests held by U.S. licensed physicians and their
immediate family members. CMS releases the reported data on a public website on an annual basis. Failure to report as required under the
Physician  Payment  Sunshine  Act  could  subject  applicable  manufacturers  to  significant  financial  penalties,  while  tracking  and  reporting  the
required payments and transfers of value may result in considerable administrative expense. Several states currently have similar laws, and
more states may enact similar legislation, some of which may be broader in scope. For example, certain states require the implementation of
compliance  programs,  compliance  with  industry  ethics  codes,  implementation  of  gift  bans,  and  spending  limits,  and/or  reporting  of  gifts,
compensation, and other remuneration to healthcare professionals.

We also may be subject to data privacy and security regulation by both the federal government and the states in which we conduct our
business.  HIPAA,  as  amended  by  the  Health  Information  Technology  for  Economic  and  Clinical  Health  Act  (“HITECH”),  and  their  respective
implementing regulations, including the final omnibus rule published by the Department of Health and Human Services Office for Civil Rights
(“OCR”) in January 2013, restrict the use and disclosure of patient-identifiable health information, mandate the adoption of standards relating to
the  privacy  and  security  of  patient-identifiable  health  information,  and  require  us  to  report  certain  security  breaches  to  healthcare  provider
customers with respect to such information where we are acting as a HIPAA business associate, as that term is defined, to that customer. In
addition  to  HIPAA  criminal  penalties,  HITECH  created  four  new  tiers  of  civil  and  monetary  penalties  and  gave  state  attorneys  general  new
authority  to  file  civil  actions  for  damages  or  injunctions  in  federal  courts  to  enforce  the  federal  HIPAA  privacy  and  security  laws  and  seek
attorneys'  fees  and  costs  associated  with  pursuing  federal  civil  actions.  In  addition,  state  laws  govern  the  privacy  and  security  of  health
information in certain circumstances and impose reporting requirements for data breaches, many of which differ from each other and HIPAA in
significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts.

The  use  of  certain  diagnostic  products  by  our  potential  customers  is  affected  by  the  Clinical  Laboratory  Improvement  Amendments
(“CLIA”) and related federal and state regulations that provide for regulation of laboratory testing. CLIA is intended to ensure the quality and
reliability of clinical laboratories in the United States by mandating specific standards in the areas of personnel qualifications, administration,
and  participation  in  proficiency  testing,  patient  test  management,  quality  assurance,  quality  control,  and  inspections.  Current  or  future  CLIA
requirements or the promulgation of additional regulations affecting laboratory testing may prevent some laboratories, hospitals, providers, or
other customers with laboratories from using some or all of our diagnostic products.

Healthcare Reform

In the United States and several foreign jurisdictions, there have been, and we expect there may continue to be, a number of legislative
and regulatory changes to the healthcare system seeking to reduce healthcare costs that could affect our future results of operations as we
begin to commercialize our products.

In the United States, the ACA, enacted in March 2010, made changes that are expected to have a continued and significant impact on
the  medical  device  industry  and  clinical  laboratories,  including  the  way  healthcare  is  delivered  and  financed  by  governmental  and  private
insurers. For example, the legislation provided for reductions in the Medicare clinical laboratory fee schedule. The ACA also requires CMS to
reduce  payments  to  hospitals  reimbursed  under  Medicare’s  Inpatient  Prospective  Payment  System  (“IPPS”)  that  have  excess  readmissions.
While the ACA is intended to expand health insurance coverage to uninsured persons in the United States, other elements of this legislation
that  are  still  being  developed  and  refined,  such  as  Medicare  provisions  aimed  at  improving  quality  and  decreasing  costs,  comparative
effectiveness research, an independent payment advisory board, and pilot programs to evaluate alternative payment methodologies, make it
difficult to determine the overall impact on sales of our products. In addition to uncertainty regarding the impact of implementation of the ACA,
there  are  some  continued  legal  challenges  to  the  ACA  that,  if  successful,  could  call  into  question  the  legitimacy  of  the  ACA  and  its  future
applicability. Further, the current White House administration has at times threatened to challenge or repeal the ACA, although the scope and
timing

14

of  any  legislation  to  repeal,  amend,  replace  or  reform  the  ACA  is  uncertain.  See  “Risk  Factors-Risks  related  to  government  regulation”  for
additional information.

In  addition,  frequently  in  recent  years,  other  legislative,  regulatory,  and  political  changes  aimed  at  regulating  healthcare  delivery  in
general  and  clinical  laboratories  in  particular  have  been  proposed  and  adopted  in  the  United  States.  Payment  and  reimbursement  for  the
laboratory industry and hospital and other healthcare provider services have been under significant pressure. In January 2015, the Department
of  Health  and  Human  Services  (“HHS”)  announced  a  plan  to  shift  the  Medicare  program  and  the  healthcare  system  at  large  toward  paying
providers based on quality, rather than the quantity of care provided to patients.

Reimbursement

We  do  not  believe  that  hospitals  will  specifically  seek  reimbursement  from  the  government  or  private  insurance  companies  for  their
purchase  of  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system  or  the  Accelerate  PhenoTest  BC  kit.  Instead,  we  believe  that  hospitals  will  recoup  such  costs  by
obtaining reimbursement from the government or private insurance companies for in-bed occupancies, which traditionally includes all testing
required for admitted patients.

Hospitals,  clinical  laboratories,  and  other  healthcare  provider  customers  that  may  purchase  our  products,  if  approved,  generally  bill
various third-party payers to cover all or a portion of the costs and fees associated with diagnostic tests, including the cost of the purchase of
our products. We currently expect that all of our diagnostic tests will be performed in a hospital inpatient setting, where governmental payers,
such  as  Medicare,  generally  reimburse  hospitals  a  single  bundled  payment  that  is  based  on  the  patient’s  diagnosis  under  a  classification
system known as the Medicare severity diagnosis-related groups (“MS-DRGs”) classification for all items and services provided to the patient
during a single hospitalization, regardless of whether our diagnostic tests are performed during such hospitalization.

Environmental Laws

We use hazardous materials in some of our research, development and manufacturing processes, and our operations are subject to
regulation  under  various  federal,  state,  local,  and  foreign  laws  concerning  the  environment.  We  believe  that  our  operations  are  in  material
compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations. The costs we incur in complying with such environmental laws and regulations
are  presently  not  material  to  our  operations,  cash  flows  or  financial  condition.  It  is  possible,  however,  that  future  developments,  including
changes in environmental laws and regulations, could lead to material compliance costs, and such costs may have a material adverse effect on
our  operations,  cash  flows  or  financial  condition.  See  “Risk  Factors-Risks  Related  to  Our  Research  and  Development  Activities-We  use
hazardous  materials  in  some  of  our  research,  development  and  manufacturing  processes  and  face  the  accompanying  risks  and  regulations
governing environmental safety” for additional information.

Operations

In January 2013, we relocated our headquarters from Denver, Colorado, to Tucson, Arizona, where we currently lease approximately
54,092  square  feet  of  office,  manufacturing  and  laboratory  space.  Further  information  regarding  our  Tucson  facility  is  included  in  Item  2.
Properties  included  elsewhere  in  this  report,  and  details  regarding  our  lease  arrangement  are  included  in  Item  8,  Note  19,  Leases  to  the
audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.

We  assemble  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system  instrument  and  formulate,  fill,  and  assemble  the  Accelerate  PhenoTest  BC  kit  in  our
facilities in Tucson, Arizona. The Accelerate Pheno system requires certain components that are custom-fabricated to our specifications. Such
components  include  injection-molded  plastic  components,  die-cut  laminates,  and  machined  mechanical  components.  We  own  the  necessary
production tooling and believe that we will be able to qualify secondary sources as needed to support future demand for the Accelerate Pheno
system.

Raw Materials

We purchase many different types of raw materials, including plastics, glass, metals, electronic and mechanical sub-assemblies and
various biological and chemical products. We seek to ensure continuity of raw material supply by securing multiple options for sourcing. We
also audit relevant sources for compliance with conflict minerals requirements. However, many of our components are custom-made by only a
few outside suppliers. In certain instances, we have a sole source supply for key product components of the Accelerate Pheno system. We
have entered into

15

supply agreements with most of our suppliers to help ensure component availability and flexible purchasing terms with respect to the purchase
of such components. See “Risk Factors-Risks Related to Our Research and Development Activities-Disruptions in the supply of raw materials,
consumable goods or other key product components, or issues associated with their quality from our single source suppliers, could result in a
significant disruption in sales and profitability” for additional information.

Employees

We have 275 employees as of December 31, 2019. We have not entered into any collective bargaining agreements and consider our

labor practices and employee relations to be good.

Available Information

We regularly file reports with the SEC, including Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on
Form 8-K and any other filings required by the SEC. We  make  these  reports  available  free  of  charge  in  the  investor  relations  section  of  our
corporate website (http://ir.axdx.com/) as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC.
You may also access these materials, and other information regarding issuers like us that file information electronically with the SEC, from the
SEC’s  internet  website  at  http://www.sec.gov.  References  to  our  corporate  website  address  in  this  report  are  intended  to  be  inactive  textual
references only, and none of the information contained on our website is part of this report or incorporated in this report by reference.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Investing  in  our  securities  involves  a  high  degree  of  risk.  You  should  carefully  consider  the  risks  described  below,  in  addition  to  the
other information included or incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K, including our financial statements and the related notes. If any of the
following risks materialize, our business, financial condition, results of operations or growth prospects could be materially adversely affected,
and the value of an investment in our common stock may decline significantly.

Risks Related to Our Business and Strategy

We have limited revenues from our products and no assurance of future revenues.

We have received limited revenue from sales of the Accelerate Pheno system and the Accelerate PhenoTest BC kit. As a result, during
the  years  ended  December  31,  2019,  2018  and  2017,  we  experienced  losses  from  operations.  Our  future  revenues  are  dependent  on  the
successful  commercialization  of  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system,  and  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  we  will  be  successful  at  the  levels
necessary to cover the costs of operations. If we are unsuccessful in generating sufficient revenues from the Accelerate Pheno system or any
of our other products, we will likely continue to experience losses from operations and negative cash flow.

Until  we  received  FDA  approval  to  market  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system,  we  were  a  development-stage  company  and
therefore incurred significant losses in prior years. While we are in the early years of commercializing the Accelerate Pheno system,
we may continue to incur losses. We cannot be certain that we will achieve or sustain profitability.

We  have  incurred  significant  costs  in  connection  with  the  development  and  commercialization  of  our  technology,  and  there  is  no
assurance that we will achieve sufficient revenues to offset anticipated operating costs. We have incurred significant losses in recent years and
expect  to  incur  losses  in  the  future.  Although  our  technology  is  now  commercial,  we  expect  that  our  selling,  general  and  administrative
expenses  will  generally  increase  due  to  the  additional  costs  associated  with  establishing  and  expanding  a  dedicated  sales  force  and  other
marketing  efforts  for  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system.  Our  ability  to  achieve  or  sustain  profitability  depends  on  numerous  factors  including  the
market acceptance of our product, future product development and our market penetration and margins. If we are unsuccessful in generating
sufficient  revenues  from  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system,  we  will  likely  continue  to  experience  losses  from  operations  and  negative  cash  flow.
Although we anticipate deriving revenues from the sale of our products, no assurance can be given that these products can be sold on a net
profit basis. If we achieve profitability, we cannot give any assurance that we will be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or
annual basis in the future.

16

Our  future  profitability  and  continued  existence  are  dependent  in  large  part  upon  the  successful  commercialization  of  the

Accelerate Pheno system and further development and commercialization of associated test kits and complimentary products.

Our principal business strategy involves the successful commercialization of the Accelerate Pheno system, development of associated
test kits and the future development and commercialization of complimentary products. On June 30, 2015, we declared our conformity to the
European In Vitro Diagnostic Directive 98/79/ EC and applied a CE Mark to the Accelerate Pheno system and the Accelerate PhenoTest BC kit
for in vitro diagnostic use. On February 23, 2017, the FDA granted our de novo request to market our Accelerate Pheno system and Accelerate
PhenoTest BC kit. We have and will continue to dedicate a significant amount of resources to market and sell the Accelerate Pheno system.
Likewise,  we  plan  to  continue  our  investment  in  the  development  of  additional  test  kits  and  the  commercialization  of  the  Accelerate  Pheno
system in the United States and other jurisdictions in which we intend to pursue marketing authorization. There can be no assurance that we
will successfully commercialize the Accelerate Pheno system, any associated test kits, including the Accelerate PhenoTest BC kit, or further
develop and commercialize complimentary products. We may be required to expend significantly more resources than planned in this process,
and as a result we may have to cease investing in the Accelerate Pheno system or developing other products.

If we are not successful in the development of product improvements and additional test kits and commercialization of the
Accelerate Pheno system, such failure could lead to impairment of certain of our intellectual property and may result in our ceasing
operations.

Our efforts to educate hospitals on the benefits of the Accelerate Pheno system require significant resources, and we may experience
reluctance  from  hospitals  to  purchase  our  products.  If  we  fail  to  successfully  commercialize  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system,  we  may  never
receive a return on the significant investments in product development, sales and marketing, regulatory compliance, manufacturing and quality
assurance we have made, and on further investments we intend to make, and may fail to generate revenue and gain economies of scale from
such investments.

Furthermore, the potential market for the Accelerate Pheno system may not expand as we anticipate or may even decline based on
numerous  factors,  including  the  introduction  of  superior  alternative  products  or  the  development  of  new  technologies.  If  we  are  unable  to
adequately expand the market for the Accelerate Pheno system, this failure would have a material adverse effect on our ability to execute on
our business plan and ability to generate revenue.

We have limited experience in marketing and selling the Accelerate Pheno system.

We  have  limited  experience  marketing  and  selling  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system.  We  have  established  a  sales  force  in  the  United
States and some areas of Europe to market the Accelerate Pheno system directly to our target customers. We plan to continue to build and
refine our sales force in the United States. In select geographies outside of the United States, we also use third-party distributors to market our
product.

Our  future  sales  will  depend  in  large  part  on  our  ability  to  successfully  establish  an  effective  sales  force  and  distributor  network.
Because we have limited experience in marketing and selling the Accelerate Pheno system, our ability to forecast demand, the infrastructure
required to support such demand and the sales cycle of our potential customers is unproven.

Moreover,  we  do  use  third-party  distribution  partners  for  certain  geographic  areas  outside  of  the  United  States,  and  there  is  no
guarantee that we will be able to enter into such arrangements on favorable terms. Distributors may not commit the necessary resources to
market and sell the Accelerate Pheno system effectively or may choose to favor marketing the products of our competitors. If distributors do not
perform adequately, or if we are unable to enter into effective arrangements with distributors in particular geographic areas, we may not realize
our full potential for sales and growth in these areas.

Our  future  product  candidates  have  not  obtained  marketing  authorization  from  the  FDA,  and  they  may  never  obtain  such

marketing authorization or other regulatory clearance.

Our success in part depends on our ability to obtain additional product marketing authorizations from the FDA for product candidates in
our pipeline. If our attempts to obtain marketing authorization or other regulatory clearance are unsuccessful, we may be unable to generate
sufficient revenue to sustain and grow our business. Our future product candidates may not be sufficiently sensitive or specific to obtain, or may
prove to have other characteristics that preclude our obtaining, marketing authorization from the FDA or regulatory clearance. The process of
obtaining

17

regulatory clearance is expensive and time-consuming and can vary substantially based upon, among other things, the type, complexity and
novelty of our product candidates. Changes in regulatory policy, changes in or the enactment of additional statutes or regulations or changes in
regulatory review for each submitted product application may cause delays in the clearance of, or receipt of marketing authorization from the
FDA for, a product candidate or rejection of a regulatory application altogether. The FDA has substantial discretion in the de novo review and
clearance processes and may refuse to accept any application or may decide that our data is insufficient for clearance and require additional
pre-clinical, clinical or other studies. In addition, varying interpretations of the data obtained from pre-clinical and clinical testing could delay,
limit or prevent marketing authorization from the FDA or regulatory clearance of a product candidate. Any marketing authorization from the FDA
or  regulatory  clearance  we  ultimately  obtain  may  be  limited  or  subject  to  restrictions  or  post-market  commitments  that  render  the  product
candidate not commercially viable.

If we do not achieve our projected development goals in the time frames we announce and expect, the commercialization of

our products may be delayed and, as a result, our stock price may decline.

From  time  to  time,  we  estimate  the  timing  of  the  accomplishment  of  various  scientific,  clinical,  regulatory  and  other  product
development goals. These goals may include the commencement or completion of clinical trials and the submission of regulatory filings. From
time to time, we may publicly announce the expected timing of some of these goals. All of these goals are, and will be, based on a variety of
assumptions. The actual timing of these goals can vary significantly compared to our estimates, in some cases for reasons beyond our control.
We may experience numerous unforeseen events that could delay or prevent our ability to receive marketing approval or commercialize our
product candidates, including the uncertainties and risks set forth in this Form 10-K and in our other filings with the SEC. If we do not meet our
goals as publicly announced, the commercialization of our product candidates may be delayed and, as a result, our stock price may decline.

We  may  not  be  able  to  enhance  the  capabilities  of  our  current  and  new  products  to  keep  pace  with  our  industry’s  rapidly

changing technology and customer requirements.

Our  industry  is  characterized  by  rapid  technological  changes,  frequent  new  product  introductions  and  enhancements  and  evolving
industry  standards.  Our  future  success  will  depend  significantly  on  our  ability  to  enhance  our  current  products  and  develop  or  acquire  and
market  new  products  that  keep  pace  with  technological  developments  and  evolving  industry  standards  as  well  as  respond  to  changes  in
customer needs. New technologies, techniques or products could emerge that might offer better combinations of price and performance than
the products and systems that we plan to sell. It is critical to our success that we anticipate changes in technology and customer requirements
and physician, hospital and healthcare provider practices and successfully introduce new, enhanced and competitive technologies to meet our
prospective customers’ needs on a timely and cost-effective basis. At the same time, however, we must carefully manage our introduction of
new products. If potential customers believe that such new products will offer enhanced features or be sold for a more attractive price, they
may delay purchases of existing products until such new products are available.

Further,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  we  will  be  successful  in  developing  or  acquiring  product  enhancements  or  new  products  to
address changing technologies and customer requirements adequately, that we can introduce such products on a timely basis or that any such
products  or  enhancements  will  be  successful  in  the  marketplace.  If  we  are  unable  to  successfully  develop  or  acquire  new  products  or  if  the
market does not accept our products, or if we experience difficulties or delays in the final development and commercialization of our products,
we may be unable to attract additional customers for our products or strategic partners to license our products.

We are developing additional uses for the Accelerate Pheno system. Any failure or delay in launching new applications may

compromise our ability to achieve our growth objectives.

We  are  developing  additional  uses  for  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system,  including  the  ability  to  test  on  additional  specimen  types  (e.g.,
respiratory, urine, and intra-abdominal samples). We may have problems applying our technologies to additional specimen types, and our new
applications may not be as effective in detection as our initial applications. We may also encounter difficulties obtaining regulatory approval for
additional uses of the Accelerate Pheno system. Any failure or delay in launching new applications may compromise our ability to achieve our
growth objectives.

18

The  failure  of  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system  or  any  future  diagnostic  products  to  perform  as  expected  could  significantly
impair our reputation and the public image of our products, and we may be subject to legal claims arising from any defects or errors.

Our  success  will  depend  on  the  market’s  confidence  that  our  technologies  can  provide  reliable,  high-quality  diagnostic  results.  We
believe  that  our  customers  are  likely  to  be  particularly  sensitive  to  any  defects  or  errors  in  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system.  If  we  experience
disruptions  or  other  performance  problems  with  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system  or  any  future  diagnostic  product,  we  could  face  warranty  and
liability claims against us and our reputation could suffer as a result of such failures. We cannot assure you that our product liability insurance
would adequately protect our assets from the financial impact of defending a product liability claim. Any product liability claim brought against
us, with or without merit, could increase our product liability insurance rates or prevent us from securing insurance coverage in the future. In
addition, the FDA and similar foreign governmental authorities have the authority to require the recall of commercialized products in the event
of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture of a product or in the event that a product poses an unacceptable risk to health. A
recall, material liability claim or other occurrence that harms our reputation or decreases market acceptance of our products could cause us to
incur significant costs, divert the attention of our key personnel or cause other significant customer relations problems.

In the past, we have experienced disappointing or negative publication results regarding the efficacy of our products. Such negative

publicity could diminish our reputation and future sales of our products, which could have a material impact on our financial performance.

If  treatment  guidelines  for  bacterial  infections  change,  or  the  standard  of  care  evolves,  we  may  need  to  redesign  and  seek

new marketing authorization from the FDA for our product candidates.

If  treatment  guidelines  for  bacterial  infections  change,  or  the  standard  of  care  evolves,  we  may  need  to  redesign  and  seek  new
marketing authorization from the FDA or other regulatory clearance for our product candidates. If treatment guidelines change so that different
treatments  become  desirable,  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system  may  no  longer  provide  the  information  sought  by  physicians,  and  we  could  be
required to seek marketing authorization from the FDA or other regulatory clearance for a revised product.

We may not be able to correctly estimate or control our future operating expenses, which could lead to cash shortfalls.

Our operating expenses may fluctuate significantly in the future as a result of a variety of factors, many of which may be outside of our

control. These factors include, but are not limited to:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the  expenses  we  incur  for  research  and  development  required  to  maintain  and  improve  our  technology,  including  the  continuing
development of the Accelerate Pheno system;

the  expenses  we  incur  in  connection  with  the  development,  marketing  authorization  and  regulatory  clearance  of  the  use  of  the
Accelerate Pheno system to test on additional specimen types;

the costs of preparing, filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing patent claims and other intellectual property related costs, including
litigation costs and the results of such litigation;

the expenses we incur in connection with commercialization activities, including product marketing, sales and distribution expenses;

the costs incurred to build manufacturing capabilities;

the expenses to implement our sales strategy;

the costs to attract and retain personnel with the skills required for effective operations; and

the costs associated with being a public company.

Our budgeted expense levels are based in part on our expectations concerning future revenues from sales of the Accelerate Pheno
system,  as  well  as  our  assessment  of  the  future  investments  needed  to  expand  our  commercial  organization  and  support  research  and
development activities in connection with the Accelerate Pheno system. We

19

may be unable to reduce our expenditures in a timely manner to compensate for any unexpected events or a shortfall in revenue. Accordingly,
a shortfall in demand for our products or other unexpected events could have an immediate and material impact on our cash levels.

Breaches  of  our  information  technology  systems  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  operations  and  potentially

result in liability, depending on the type of breach and information compromised.

We rely on information technology systems to process, transmit and store electronic information, which may include protected health
information,  in  our  day-to-day  operations.  In  addition,  our  research  and  development  operations  are  highly  dependent  on  our  information
technology and storage. Our information technology systems have been subjected to computer viruses or other malicious codes and phishing
attacks, and we expect to be subject to similar viruses and codes in the future. These attacks could result in our intellectual property, unsecured
protected health information, and other confidential information being lost or stolen, including the disclosure of our trade secrets, disruption of
our  operations,  loss  of  valuable  research  and  development  data,  the  need  to  notify  individuals  whose  information  was  disclosed,  increased
costs  for  security  measures  or  remediation  costs  and  diversion  of  management  attention  and  other  negative  consequences.  While  we  will
continue  to  implement  protective  measures  to  reduce  the  risk  of  and  detect  future  cyber  incidents,  cyber-attacks  are  becoming  more
sophisticated and frequent, and the techniques used in such attacks change rapidly. There can be no assurance that our protective measures
will prevent future attacks that could have a significant impact on our business.

Failure to comply with a variety of U.S. and international privacy laws to which we are subject could harm the Company.

Any  failure  by  us  or  our  vendor  or  other  business  partners  to  comply  with  federal,  state  or  international  privacy,  data  protection  or
security laws or regulations relating to the collection, use, retention, security and transfer of personally identifiable information could result in
regulatory  or  litigation-related  actions  against  us,  legal  liability,  fines,  damages,  ongoing  audit  requirements  and  other  significant  costs.  A
significant data privacy regulation is the General Data Protection Regulation which applies to the processing of personal information collected
from  individuals  located  in  the  European  Union,  and  has  created  new  compliance  obligations  and  has  significantly  increased  fines  for
noncompliance. Substantial  expenses  and  operational  changes  may  be  required  in  connection  with  maintaining  compliance  with  such  laws,
and in particular certain emerging privacy laws are still subject to a high degree of uncertainty as to their interpretation and application.

We are dependent on our key employees. If we are unable to recruit, train and retain qualified personnel, we may not achieve

our goals.

Because  of  the  complex  and  technical  nature  of  our  products  and  the  dynamic  market  in  which  we  compete,  our  future  success
depends  on  our  ability  to  recruit,  train  and  retain  key  personnel,  including  our  senior  management,  research  and  development,  science  and
engineering,  manufacturing  and  sales  and  marketing  personnel.  In  particular,  we  are  highly  dependent  on  the  management  and  business
expertise of Jack Phillips, our President and Chief Executive Officer. We do not maintain key person life insurance for Mr. Phillips or any of our
employees. Our industry is very competitive for qualified personnel. To the extent that the services of Mr. Phillips would be unavailable to us,
we may be unable to employ another qualified person with the appropriate background and expertise to replace Mr. Phillips on terms suitable to
us.  Our  growth  depends,  in  particular,  on  attracting,  retaining  and  motivating  highly  trained  sales  personnel  with  the  necessary  scientific
background and ability to understand our systems and pathogens at a technical level. In addition, we may need additional employees at our
manufacturing facilities to meet demand for our products as we scale up our sales and marketing operations.

Our  industry  is  highly  competitive,  and  we  may  not  be  successful  in  competing  with  our  competitors.  We  currently  face
competition  from  new  and  established  competitors  and  expect  to  face  competition  from  others  in  the  future,  including  those  with
new products, technologies or techniques.

The  industry  in  which  we  compete  is  subject  to  rapid  technological  changes,  and  we  face  and  expect  to  continue  to  face  strong
competition  for  our  products.  Many  of  our  competitors  and  potential  competitors  may  have  substantially  greater  research  and  development,
financial,  manufacturing,  customer  support,  sales  and  marketing  resources,  larger  customer  bases,  longer  operating  histories,  greater  name
recognition and more established relationships in the industry than we do. In addition, some of our competitors may, individually or together
with companies affiliated with them, have greater human and scientific resources than we do.

20

Our competitors could develop new products or technologies that are more effective than the Accelerate Pheno system and any of our
other products or product candidates. Additionally, we expect to face further competitive pressure resulting from the emergence of new ID or
AST  techniques  or  tests.  For  example,  we  are  aware  that  some  hospitals  have  begun  using  manual  methods  created  through  laboratory
developed  tests,  which  have  been  validated  for  internal  hospital-specific  use  to  deliver  ID  and  AST  results.  Any  of  these  newly  developed
products, technologies, and techniques may offer a better combination of price and performance than our products and systems. Our failure to
compete effectively could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We  generate  a  portion  of  our  future  revenue  internationally  and  are  subject  to  various  risks  relating  to  our  international

activities which could adversely affect our operating results.

We market and sell the Accelerate Pheno system in other countries outside of the United States. In order to market our products in
certain  foreign  jurisdictions,  we,  or  our  distributors  or  partners,  must  obtain  separate  regulatory  approvals  and  comply  with  numerous  and
varying regulatory requirements regarding safety and efficacy and governing, among other things, clinical studies and commercial sales and
distribution of our products. The approval procedure varies among countries and can involve additional testing. In addition, in many countries
outside the United States, a product must be approved for reimbursement before the product can be approved for sale in that country. We may
not obtain approvals from regulatory authorities outside the United States on a timely basis, if at all, which could harm our ability to expand into
markets outside the United States. In addition, engaging in international business involves a number of other difficulties and risks, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

required compliance with existing and changing foreign healthcare and other regulatory requirements and laws, such as those relating
to patient privacy or handling of bio-hazardous waste;

required  compliance  with  anti-bribery  laws,  such  as  the  U.S.  Foreign  Corrupt  Practices  Act  and  the  U.K.  Bribery  Act,  data  privacy
requirements, labor laws and anti-competition regulations;

export and import restrictions;

various reimbursement and insurance regimes;

laws and business practices favoring local companies;

longer payment cycles and difficulties in enforcing agreements and collecting receivables through certain foreign legal systems;

political and economic instability;

potentially adverse tax consequences, tariffs, customs charges, bureaucratic requirements and other trade barriers;

foreign exchange controls;

fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates;

difficulties and costs of staffing and managing foreign operations; and

impediments with protecting or procuring intellectual property rights.

In  addition,  changes  in  policies  and/or  laws  of  the  United  States  or  foreign  governments  resulting  in,  among  other  changes,  higher
taxation, tariffs or similar protectionist laws, currency conversion limitations, limitations on business operations, or the nationalization of private
enterprises could reduce the anticipated benefits of international operations and could have a material adverse effect on our ability to expand
internationally.

21

Our  employees,  independent  contractors,  principal  investigators,  consultants,  commercial  partners,  vendors  and  other

agents may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including non-compliance with legal standards and requirements.

We  are  exposed  to  the  risk  of  fraud  or  other  misconduct  by  our  employees,  independent  contractors,  principal  investigators,
consultants,  commercial  partners,  vendors  and  other  agents.  Misconduct  by  these  parties  could  include  intentional,  reckless  or  negligent
failures to: (i) comply with the laws and regulations of the FDA, CMS, the HHS Office of Inspector General, Office for Civil Rights and other
similar foreign regulatory bodies; (ii) provide true, complete and accurate information to the FDA and other similar regulatory bodies; (iii) comply
with manufacturing requirements of the FDA and other similar regulatory bodies and manufacturing standards we have established; (iv) comply
with healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations in the United States and similar foreign fraudulent misconduct laws; or (v) report financial
information or data accurately, or disclose unauthorized activities to us. These laws may impact, among other things, our activities with principal
investigators and research subjects, as well as our sales, marketing and education programs. In particular, the promotion, sales, marketing and
business  arrangements  in  the  healthcare  industry  are  subject  to  extensive  laws  and  regulations  intended  to  prevent  fraud,  misconduct,
kickbacks,  self-dealing,  unauthorized  use  of  protected  health  information  and  data  breaches,  and  other  abusive  practices.  These  laws  may
restrict  or  prohibit  a  wide  range  of  activities  related  to  pricing,  discounting,  marketing  and  promotion,  patient  support,  royalty,  consulting,
research and other business arrangements, as well as the improper use of patient information obtained in the course of clinical studies. We
currently have a code of conduct applicable to all of our employees and foreign distributors, but it is not always possible to identify and deter
employee and/or commercial partner misconduct, and our code of conduct and the other precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity
may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses, or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions
or  lawsuits  stemming  from  a  failure  to  comply  with  these  laws  or  regulations.  If  any  such  actions  are  instituted  against  us,  and  we  are  not
successful  in  defending  ourselves  or  asserting  our  rights,  those  actions  could  have  a  significant  impact  on  our  business,  including  the
imposition of civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, disgorgement, individual imprisonment, corporate integrity
agreements,  possible  exclusion  from  participation  in  Medicare,  Medicaid  and  other  federal  healthcare  programs,  contractual  damages,
reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and curtailment of our operations. Any of these actions or investigations could result
in substantial costs to us, including legal fees, and divert the attention of management from operating our business.

We may be unable to successfully manage our growth.

We expect to continually expand our operations to support the commercialization of the Accelerate Pheno system and future products.
We  intend  to  continue  to  develop  a  targeted  sales  force  in  connection  with  our  commercialization  efforts  in  the  United  States  and  in  other
countries. Our growth has placed and will continue to place a significant strain on our management, operating and financial systems and our
sales, marketing and administrative resources. As a result of our growth, operating costs may escalate faster than planned, and some of our
internal systems and processes, including those relating to manufacturing our products, may need to be enhanced, updated or replaced.

We also plan to introduce additional test kits for use on the Accelerate Pheno system to enable its use with other sample types (e.g.,
blood,  respiratory,  urine,  and  intra-abdominal  samples),  and  plan  to  invest  in  the  development  of  additional  instruments,  tests  and  other
microbiology solutions. If we cannot effectively manage our expanding operations, manufacturing capacity and costs, including scaling to meet
increased demand, we may not be able to continue to grow or we may grow at a slower pace than expected.

We  may  in  the  future  be  subject  to  shareholder  lawsuits,  including  purported  class  actions,  which  is  expensive  and  could
divert the attention of management away from our business. In addition, any adverse result of such litigation could negatively impact
our financial condition or results of operations.

In the past, companies such as Accelerate that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to an
increased  incidence  of  securities  class  action  litigation  and  other  shareholder  lawsuits.  We  may  in  the  future  be  the  target  of  this  type  of
litigation.  Shareholder  lawsuits  against  us,  our  officers  or  directors  could  result  in  substantial  costs  and  divert  the  attention  of  management
away from operating our business and other concerns, which could harm our business.

22

Current macroeconomic conditions and the uncertain economic outlook may remain challenging for the foreseeable future.

Global  economic  conditions  may  remain  challenging  and  uncertain  for  the  foreseeable  future.  These  conditions  not  only  limit  our
access to capital but also make it difficult for our customers, our vendors and us to accurately forecast and plan future business activities, and
they  could  cause  U.S.  and  foreign  hospitals  and  other  customers  to  slow  spending  on  our  products,  which  would  delay  and  lengthen  sales
cycles. Some of our customers rely on government research grants to fund technology purchases. If negative trends in the economy affect the
government’s allocation of funds to research, there may be less grant funding available for certain of our customers to purchase technologies
from  us.  Certain  of  our  customers  may  face  challenges  gaining  timely  access  to  sufficient  credit  or  may  otherwise  be  faced  with  budget
constraints, which could result in decreased purchases of our products or in an impairment of their ability to make timely payments to us. If our
customers do not make timely payments to us, we may be required to assume greater credit risk relating to those customers and increase our
allowance for doubtful accounts, and our days sales outstanding would be negatively impacted. Although we maintain allowances for doubtful
accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments, we may not continue to experience the
same  loss  rates  that  we  have  in  the  past.  Additionally,  challenging  macroeconomic  conditions  and  market  turbulence  may  also  impact  our
suppliers, causing them to be unable to supply in a timely manner sufficient quantities of customized components, thereby impairing our ability
to manufacture on schedule and at commercially reasonable costs.

Compliance with public company corporate governance and reporting is complex and expensive.

We  are  subject  to  laws  and  regulations  affecting  our  domestic  and  international  operations  in  a  number  of  areas.  Many  laws  and
regulations, notably those adopted in connection with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by the SEC, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and
Consumer Protection Act and The NASDAQ Stock Market, impose obligations on public companies, such as ours, which have increased the
scope, complexity and cost of corporate governance, reporting and disclosure practices. Compliance with these laws, regulations and similar
requirements may be onerous, requires substantial management time and oversight and requires us to incur significant additional accounting,
legal  and  compliance  costs.  Any  such  costs,  which  may  rise  in  the  future  as  a  result  of  changes  in  these  laws  and  regulations  or  in  their
interpretation could individually or in the aggregate make our products and services more expensive, delay the introduction of new products in
one or more regions, or cause us to change or limit our business practices. In addition, our larger competitors may be in a better position to
absorb the costs of being a public company. We  have  implemented  policies  and  procedures  designed  to  ensure  compliance  with  applicable
laws and regulations, but there can be no assurance that our employees, contractors or agents will not violate such laws and regulations or our
policies and procedures.

Additionally, changes to existing accounting rules and standards and the implementation of new accounting rules or standards, such as
tax accounting or revenue recognition rules, may adversely impact our reported financial results and business, and may further require us to
incur greater accounting fees.

Our estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the market in

which we compete achieves the forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.

Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates
that may not prove to be accurate. The estimates and forecasts in this Form10-K relating to the size and expected growth of our market, total
available  market,  estimated  test  and  placement  volume  and  estimated  pricing,  may  prove  to  be  inaccurate,  which  may  have  negative
consequences, such as overestimatation of our potential market opportunity. Even if the market in which we compete meets our size estimates
and forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.

Changes in, interpretations of, or enforcement trends related to tax rules and regulations may adversely affect our effective

income tax rates or operating margins and we may be required to pay additional tax assessments.

We conduct business globally and file tax returns in various U.S. and foreign tax jurisdictions. Our effective income tax rate could be

adversely affected by various factors, many of which are outside of our control, including:

•

changes in pre-tax income in various jurisdictions in which we operate that have differing statutory tax rates;

23

•

•

•

•

increases in corporate tax rates and the availability of deductions or credits in the United States and elsewhere;

changes in tax laws, regulations, and/or interpretations of such tax laws in multiple jurisdictions, including but not limited to U.S. federal
and state regulations or interpretations resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017;

tax effects related to purchase accounting for acquisitions; and

resolutions of issues arising from tax examinations and any related interest or penalties.

The  determination  of  our  worldwide  provision  for  income  taxes  and  other  tax  liabilities  requires  estimation,  judgment  and  complex
calculations in situations where the ultimate tax determination may not be certain. Our determination of tax liabilities is always subject to review
or examination by tax authorities in various jurisdictions. Any adverse outcome of such review or examination could have a material adverse
effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We are exposed to risks associated with long-lived assets that may become impaired and result in an impairment charge.

The carrying amounts of long-lived assets are affected whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount
of any asset may not be recoverable. Property and equipment includes Accelerate Pheno systems (also referred to as instruments) used for
sales demonstrations, instruments under rental agreements and instruments used for research and development.

Adverse events or changes in circumstances may affect the estimated discounted future cash flows expected to be derived from long-
lived  assets.  If  at  any  time  we  determine  that  an  impairment  has  occurred,  we  will  be  required  to  reflect  the  impaired  value  as  a  charge,
resulting in a reduction in earnings, such impairment is identified and a corresponding reduction in our net asset value. In the future we may
incur, impairment charges. A  material  reduction  in  earnings  resulting  from  such  a  charge  could  cause  us  to  fail  to  meet  the  expectations  of
investors and securities analysts, which could cause the price of our stock to decline.

Risks related to our intellectual property

If we are unable to effectively protect our intellectual property, our business would be harmed.

In  addition  to  patent  protection,  we  rely  on  trademark,  copyright,  trade  secret  protection  and  confidentiality  agreements  to  protect
intellectual  property  rights  related  to  our  proprietary  technologies,  both  in  the  United  States  and  in  other  countries.  If  we  fail  to  protect  our
intellectual  property,  third  parties  may  be  able  to  compete  more  effectively  against  us  and  we  may  incur  substantial  litigation  costs  in  our
attempts  to  recover  or  restrict  use  of  our  intellectual  property.  We  own  18  issued  U.S.  patents  and  seven  pending  U.S.  patent  applications,
including provisional and non-provisional filings. We also own 39 non-US patents and have five pending applications. We own 33 registered
marks in the United States and foreign countries. In addition to our patents and trademarks, we possess an array of unpatented proprietary
technology  and  know-how,  and  we  license  intellectual  property  rights  to  and  from  third  parties.  The  strength  of  patents  in  our  field  involves
complex  legal  and  scientific  questions.  In  addition,  patent  law  continuously  evolves  and  might  change  the  legal  framework  under  which  our
patent claims would be interpreted and adjudicated in the future. Uncertainty created by these questions and potential legal changes means
that  our  patents  may  provide  only  limited  protection  and  may  not  adequately  protect  our  rights  or  permit  us  to  gain  or  keep  any  competitive
advantage. In addition, competitors could purchase our products and attempt by reverse engineering to replicate some or all of the competitive
advantages we derive from our development efforts, willfully infringe our intellectual property rights, design around our protected technology or
develop  their  own  competitive  technologies  that  fall  outside  of  the  protections  provided  by  our  intellectual  property  rights.  If  our  intellectual
property, including licensed intellectual property, does not adequately protect our market position against competitors’ products and methods,
our competitive position could be adversely affected, as could our business.

Further, if we are unable to prevent unauthorized disclosure of our non-patented intellectual property, and there is no guarantee that we
will have any such enforceable trade secret protection, we may not be able to establish or maintain a competitive advantage. In addition, the
laws of some foreign countries do not protect proprietary rights

24

to the same extent or in the same manner as the laws of the United States. As a result, we may encounter significant problems in protecting
and defending our intellectual property both in the United States and abroad.

We  may  not  be  successful  in  our  currently  pending  or  future  patent  applications,  and  even  if  such  applications  are

successful, we cannot guarantee that the resulting patents will sufficiently protect our products and proprietary technology.

We  cannot  assure  you  that  any  of  our  currently  pending  or  future  patent  applications  will  result  in  issued  patents  with  claims  that
adequately cover our products and technologies in the United States or in other foreign countries, and we cannot predict how long it will take
for such patents to be issued. Further, issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship or scope, and there is no guarantee that our
issued patents will include claims that are sufficiently broad to cover our technologies or to provide meaningful protection from our competitors.
Further, we cannot be certain that all relevant prior art relating to our patents and patent applications has been identified. Accordingly, there
may be prior art that can invalidate our issued patents or prevent a patent from issuing from a pending patent application, or will preclude our
ability to obtain patent claims that have a scope broad enough to provide meaningful protection from our competitors.

Even if patents do successfully issue and even if such patents cover our products and technologies, we cannot assure you that other
parties will not challenge the validity, enforceability or scope of such issued patents in the United States and in foreign countries, including by
proceedings such as reexamination, inter-partes review, interference, opposition, or other patent office or court proceedings. The  strength  of
patents in our field involves complex legal and scientific questions. Moreover,  we  cannot  assure  you  that  if  such  patents  were  challenged  in
court or before a regulatory agency that the patent claims will be held valid, enforceable, to be sufficiently broad to cover our technologies or to
provide meaningful protection from our competitors. Nor can we assure you that the court or agency will uphold our ownership rights in such
patents.  Accordingly,  we  cannot  guarantee  that  we  will  be  successful  in  defending  challenges  made  against  our  patents  and  patent
applications. Any successful third-party challenge to our patents could result in the unenforceability or invalidity of such patents, or narrowing of
claim  scope,  such  that  we  could  be  deprived  of  patent  protection  necessary  for  the  successful  commercialization  of  our  products  and
technologies, which could adversely affect our business. To this end, we note that one of our issued European Patents, EP No. 1831692, is the
subject of an Opposition proceeding within the European Patent Office. The Opposition, filed by our competitor bioMerieux, alleges that, inter
alia, this issued patent claims subject matter that lacks novelty and inventive step in view of the state of the art at the time of filing. We disagree
with bioMerieux’s contentions, and have vigorously defended our patent as properly issued by the European Patent Office. Should we fail in our
defense  against  bioMerieux’s  allegations,  the  opposed  patent  potentially  could  be  revoked,  the  claims  may  be  amended  such  that  they  no
longer cover aspects of our commercialized products, or any such amended claims potentially could be designed around by competitors.

Furthermore,  even  if  they  are  unchallenged,  our  patents  and  patent  applications  may  not  adequately  protect  our  inventions,  provide
exclusivity for our products and technologies or prevent others from designing around our claims. Others may independently develop similar or
alternative products and technologies or duplicate any of our products and technologies. These products and technologies may not be covered
by claims of issued patents for which we are the right holder. Any of these outcomes could impair our ability to prevent competition from third
parties, which may have an adverse impact on our business.

Further,  if  we  encounter  delays  in  regulatory  approvals,  the  period  of  time  during  which  we  could  market  a  product  under  patent
protection could be reduced. Since patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period of time after
filing,  and  some  remain  so  until  issued,  we  cannot  be  certain  that  we  were  the  first  to  make  the  inventions  covered  by  our  pending  patent
applications, or that we were the first to file any patent application related to a product candidate. Furthermore, if third parties have filed such
patent applications, an interference proceeding in the United States can be initiated by a third party to determine who was the first to invent any
of the subject matter covered by the patent claims of our applications. An interference is now less likely to arise due to changes in U.S. patent
law  that  took  effect  in  2013,  but  remains  a  risk  nonetheless.  In  addition,  patents  have  a  limited  lifespan.  In  the  United  States,  the  natural
expiration of a patent is generally 20 years after it is filed. Various extensions may be available; however the life of a patent, and the protection
it affords, is limited.

25

We  may  become  involved  in  lawsuits  to  protect  or  enforce  our  patents  or  other  intellectual  property,  which  could  be

expensive and time consuming.

Third  parties  may  infringe  or  misappropriate  our  intellectual  property,  including  our  existing  patents  and  patent  claims  that  may  be
allowed in the future. As a result, we may be required to file infringement claims to stop third-party infringement or unauthorized use. Further,
we may not be able to prevent misappropriation of our intellectual property rights, particularly in countries where the laws may not protect those
rights as fully as in the United States.

If  we  file  an  infringement  action  against  a  third  party,  that  party  may  challenge  the  scope,  validity  or  enforceability  of  our  patents,
requiring us to engage in complex, lengthy and costly litigation or other proceedings. Such litigation and administrative proceedings could result
in revocation of our patents or amendment of our patent claims such that they no longer cover our product candidates. They may also put our
pending patent applications at risk of not issuing or issuing with limited and potentially inadequate scope to cover our product candidates. The
outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable.

Enforcing our intellectual property rights through litigation is very expensive and time-consuming. Some of our competitors may be able
to sustain the costs of litigation more effectively than we can because of greater financial resources. Patent litigation and other proceedings
may also absorb significant management time and reduce employee productivity. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery
required  in  connection  with  U.S.  intellectual  property  litigation  or  administrative  proceedings,  there  is  a  risk  that  some  of  our  confidential
information could be compromised by disclosure. The occurrence of any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition or results of operations.

We could face claims that our proprietary technologies infringe on the intellectual property rights of others.

Due to the significant number of U.S. and foreign patents issued to, and other intellectual property rights owned by, entities operating in
the industry in which we operate, we believe that there is a risk of litigation arising from allegations of infringement of these patents and other
rights. Third parties may assert infringement or other intellectual property claims against us or our licensees.

In addition, patent applications in the United States and many foreign jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after the
earliest filing date for which a benefit is claimed. For this reason, and because publications in the scientific literature often lag behind actual
discoveries, despite our best efforts we cannot be certain that others have not filed patent applications for technology covered by our issued
patents  or  our  pending  applications  or  that  we  were  the  first  to  invent  the  technology.  Another  party  may  have  filed  or  may  in  the  future  file
patent applications covering our products or technology similar to ours. Under the “first to invent” rules applicable to patents filed before March
2013, any such patent application may have priority over our patent applications or patents, which could further require us to obtain rights to
issued patents covering such technologies. If another party has filed a U.S. patent application on inventions similar to ours, we may have to
participate  in  an  interference  proceeding  declared  by  the  U.S.  Patent  and  Trademark  Office  to  determine  priority  of  invention  in  the  United
States. The costs of these proceedings could be substantial, and it is possible that such efforts would be unsuccessful if the other party had
independently arrived at the same or similar invention prior to our own invention, resulting in a loss of our U.S. patent position with respect to
such inventions.

We  may  have  to  pay  substantial  damages,  including  treble  damages,  for  past  infringement  if  it  is  ultimately  determined  that  our
products  infringe  on  a  third  party’s  proprietary  rights.  In  addition,  even  if  such  claims  are  without  merit,  defending  a  lawsuit  may  result  in
substantial expense to us and divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel. We may also be subject to significant damages or
injunctions against development and sale of some of our products. Furthermore, claims of intellectual property infringement may require us to
enter  into  royalty  or  license  agreements  with  third  parties,  and  we  may  be  unable  to  obtain  royalty  or  license  agreements  on  commercially
acceptable terms, if at all.

We  may  be  subject  to  claims  by  third  parties  asserting  that  our  employees  or  we  have  misappropriated  their  intellectual

property, or claiming ownership of what we regard as our own intellectual property.

Many of our employees were previously employed at universities or other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our

competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees do not

26

use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that these employees or we have used
or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such employee’s former employer. Litigation
may be necessary to defend against these claims.

In  addition,  while  it  is  our  policy  to  require  our  employees  and  contractors  who  may  be  involved  in  the  development  of  intellectual
property  in  the  performance  of  their  work  to  execute  agreements  assigning  such  intellectual  property  to  us,  we  may  be  unsuccessful  in
executing an enforceable agreement with each party who in fact develops intellectual property that we regard as our own. Relevant assignment
agreements may not be self-executing or may be breached, and we may be forced to bring claims against third parties, or defend claims they
may bring against us, to determine the ownership of what we regard as our intellectual property.

If  we  fail  in  prosecuting  or  defending  any  such  claims,  in  addition  to  paying  monetary  damages,  we  may  lose  valuable  intellectual
property  rights  or  personnel.  Even  if  we  are  successful  in  prosecuting  or  defending  against  such  claims,  litigation  could  result  in  substantial
costs and be a distraction to management.

Risks Related to our Research and Development Activities

We  have  a  single  research  and  development  facility  and  we  may  be  unable  to  continue  to  conduct  our  research  and
development  activities  if  we  lose  this  facility.  If  our  facility  or  our  equipment  were  damaged  or  destroyed,  or  if  we  experience  a
significant disruption in our operations for any reason, our ability to continue to operate our business could be materially harmed.

We currently conduct all of our research and development and product development activities in our existing facility in Tucson, Arizona.
If  this  facility  were  to  be  damaged,  destroyed  or  otherwise  unable  to  operate,  whether  due  to  fire,  floods,  storms,  tornadoes,  other  natural
disasters, employee malfeasance, terrorist acts, power outages or otherwise, or if our business is disrupted for any other reason, we may not
be able to continue the development of future products or test our products as promptly as our potential customers expect, or possibly not at
all,  and  we  would  have  no  other  means  of  conducting  such  activities  until  we  were  able  to  restore  such  capabilities  at  the  current  facility  or
develop  an  alternative  facility.  Further,  in  such  an  event,  we  may  lose  revenue  and  significant  time  during  which  we  might  otherwise  have
conducted  research  and  development  and  product  development  activities  and,  we  may  not  be  able  to  maintain  our  relationships  with  our
licensees or customers.

The  manufacture  of  components  of  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system  involves  complex  processes,  sophisticated  equipment  and  strict
adherence  to  specifications  and  quality  systems  procedures.  Any  unforeseen  manufacturing  problems,  such  as  contamination  of  our  facility,
equipment  malfunction  or  failure  to  strictly  follow  procedures  or  meet  specifications,  could  result  in  delays  or  shortfalls  in  production  of  our
products.  Identifying  and  resolving  the  cause  of  any  manufacturing  issues  could  require  substantial  time  and  resources.  If  we  are  unable  to
keep up with future demand for our products by successfully manufacturing and shipping our products in a timely manner, our revenue growth
could be impaired and market acceptance of our product candidates could be adversely affected.

While we carry a nominal amount of business interruption insurance to cover lost revenue and profits, this insurance does not cover all
possible  situations.  If  we  have  underestimated  our  insurance  needs  with  respect  to  an  interruption,  or  if  an  interruption  is  not  subject  to
coverage  under  our  insurance  policies,  we  may  not  be  able  to  cover  our  losses.  In  addition,  our  business  interruption  insurance  would  not
compensate us for the loss of opportunity and potential adverse impact on relations with our licensees or customers.

We use hazardous materials in some of our research, development and manufacturing processes and face the accompanying

risks and regulations governing environmental safety.

Our operations are subject to complex and stringent environmental, health, safety and other governmental laws and regulations that
both public officials and private individuals may seek to enforce. In particular, our research activities sometimes involve the controlled use of
various  hazardous  materials.  Although  we  believe  that  our  safety  procedures  for  handling  and  disposing  of  such  materials  are  in  material
compliance with the standards prescribed by state and federal regulations, the risk of accidental contamination or injury from these materials
cannot be completely eliminated, and we may not be in compliance with these regulations. In addition, existing laws and regulations may also
be  revised  or  reinterpreted,  or  new  laws  and  regulations  may  become  applicable  to  us,  whether  retroactively  or  prospectively,  causing  us  to
incur additional compliance costs and/or change the manner in which we operate. We could be held liable for any damages that might result
from any accident or release involving hazardous materials.

27

Disruptions in the supply of raw materials, consumable goods or other key product components, or issues associated with

their quality from our single source suppliers, could result in a significant disruption in sales and profitability.

We must manufacture or engage third parties to manufacture components of our products in sufficient quantities and on a timely basis,
while maintaining product quality, acceptable manufacturing costs and complying with regulatory requirements. Our components are custom-
made by only a few outside suppliers. In certain instances, we have a sole source supply for key product components of the Accelerate Pheno
system.  We  may  be  unable  to  satisfy  our  forecast  demand  from  existing  suppliers  for  our  products,  or  we  may  be  unable  to  find  alternative
suppliers for key product components or ancillary items at reasonably comparable prices. If this occurs, we may be unable to manufacture our
products and/or meet our customers’ needs in a timely manner or at all.

Additionally,  we  have  entered  into  supply  agreements  with  most  of  our  suppliers  to  help  ensure  component  availability  and  flexible
purchasing terms with respect to the purchase of such components. If our suppliers discontinue production of a key component for one or more
of  our  products,  we  may  be  unable  to  identify  or  secure  a  viable  alternative  on  reasonable  terms,  or  at  all,  which  could  limit  our  ability  to
manufacture our products. While we may be able to modify our product candidates to utilize a new source of components, we may need to
secure marketing authorization from the FDA or other regulatory clearance for the modified product, and it could take considerable time and
expense to perform the requisite tasks prior to seeking such authorization.

In determining the required quantities of our products and our manufacturing schedule, we will need to make significant judgments and
estimates regarding factors such as market trends and any seasonality with respect to our sales. Because of the inherent nature of estimates,
there could be significant differences between our estimates and the actual amounts of products that we require. This can result in shortages if
we fail to anticipate demand, or excess inventory and write-offs if we order more than we need.

Reliance on third-party manufacturers entails risk to which we would not be subject if we manufactured these components ourselves,

including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

reliance on third parties for regulatory compliance and quality assurance;

possible breaches of manufacturing agreements by the third parties because of factors beyond our control;

possible regulatory violations or manufacturing problems experienced by our suppliers;

possible termination or non-renewal of agreements by third parties, based on their own business priorities, at times that are costly
or inconvenient for us;

the potential obsolescence and/or inability of our suppliers to obtain required components;

the potential delays and expenses of seeking alternate sources of supply or manufacturing services;

the inability to qualify alternate sources without impacting performance claims of our products;

reduced control over pricing, quality and timely delivery due to the difficulties in switching to alternate suppliers or assemblers; and

increases in prices of raw materials and key components.

The  manufacturing  operations  for  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system  use  highly  technical  processes  involving  unique,  proprietary
techniques. In addition, the manufacturing equipment we use would be costly to repair or replace and could require substantial lead time to
repair or replace. Any interruption in our operations or decrease in the production capacity of our manufacturing facility or the facilities of any of
our suppliers because of equipment failure, natural disasters such as earthquakes, tornadoes and fires, or otherwise, would limit our ability to
meet customer demand for our products. In the event of a disruption, we may lose customers and we may be unable to regain those customers
thereafter. Our insurance may not be sufficient to cover all of our potential losses and may not continue to be available to us on acceptable
terms, or at all.

28

We have made and intend to make significant additional investments in research and development, but there is no guarantee

that any of these investments will ultimately result in a commercial product that will generate revenues.

The Accelerate Pheno system integrates several of our component products, systems and processes. We have dedicated significant
resources  on  research  and  development  activities,  and  we  intend  to  spend  significantly  more  on  research  and  development  activities.
Notwithstanding  these  investments,  we  anticipate  that  we  will  have  to  spend  additional  funds  in  the  research  and  development  of  the
Accelerate Pheno system, particularly with respect to its use for additional specimen types. There can be no assurance that we will be able to
obtain marketing authorization from the FDA of the Accelerate Pheno system for its use with additional specimen types. There can also be no
assurance that we will be able to develop additional types of tests and instruments in the future.

Risks Related to Government Regulation

Legislative and Administrative Action May Have an Adverse Effect on Our Company

Political,  economic  and  regulatory  influences  are  subjecting  the  health  care  industry  in  the  U.S.  to  fundamental  change.  We cannot
predict what other legislation relating to our business or to the health care industry may be enacted, including legislation relating to third-party
reimbursement,  or  what  effect  such  legislation  may  have  on  our  business,  prospects,  operating  results  and  financial  condition.  We  expect
federal  and  state  legislators  to  continue  to  review  and  assess  alternative  health  care  delivery  and  payment  systems,  and  possibly  adopt
legislation  affecting  further  changes  in  the  health  care  delivery  system.  Such  laws  may  contain  provisions  that  may  change  the  operating
environment  for  hospitals  and  managed  care  organizations.  Health  care  industry  participants  may  react  to  such  legislation  by  curtailing  or
deferring  expenditures  and  initiatives,  including  those  relating  to  our  products.  Future  legislation  could  result  in  modifications  to  the  existing
public and private health care insurance systems that would have a material adverse effect on the reimbursement policies discussed above. If
enacted and implemented, any measures to restrict health care spending could result in decreased revenue from our products and decrease
potential returns from our research and development initiatives. Furthermore, we may not be able to successfully neutralize any lobbying efforts
against any initiatives we may have with governmental agencies.

We and our suppliers, contract manufacturers and customers are subject to various governmental laws and regulations, and
we may incur significant expenses to comply with, and experience delays in our product commercialization as a result of, these laws
and regulations.

Our  operations  are  affected  by  various  state,  federal,  and  international  healthcare,  environmental,  anti-corruption,  fraud  and  abuse
(including  anti-kickback  and  false  claims  laws),  privacy,  and  employment  laws  as  well  as  international  political  sanctions.  Violations  of  these
laws and sanctions can result in criminal or civil penalties, including substantial fines and, in some cases, exclusion from participation in federal
health care programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. In some cases, the violation of such laws could potentially lead to individual liability and
imprisonment.

We  are  also  subject  to  extensive  regulation  by  the  FDA  pursuant  to  the  Federal  Food,  Drug,  and  Cosmetic  Act,  by  comparable
agencies in foreign countries and by other regulatory agencies and governing bodies. Following the introduction of a product, these and other
government agencies will periodically review our manufacturing processes, product performance and compliance with applicable requirements.

We are also subject to various U.S. healthcare related laws regulating sales, contracting, marketing, and other business arrangements

and the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health information. These include but are not limited to:

•

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits persons from knowingly and willfully offering, providing, soliciting, or receiving
any  remuneration,  directly  or  indirectly,  in  exchange  for  or  to  induce  the  referral  of  an  individual,  or  the  purchasing,  leasing,
ordering,  recommending,  furnishing  or  arranging  for  a  good  or  service,  for  which  payment  may  be  made  under  a  federal  health
care program, such as Medicare or Medicaid.

29

•

•

•

•

The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”), which prohibits knowingly and willfully (i) executing a
scheme to defraud any health care benefit program, including private payers, or (ii) falsifying, concealing or covering up a material
fact  or  making  any  materially  false,  fictitious  or  fraudulent  statement  in  connection  with  the  delivery  of  or  payment  for  items  or
services under a health care benefit program.

HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, which also restricts the
use  and  disclosure  of  protected  health  information,  mandates  the  adoption  of  standards  relating  to  the  privacy  and  security  of
protected health information, and requires us to report certain security breaches to health care provider customers with respect to
such information where we are acting as a HIPAA business associate to that customer.

The federal Physician Payment Sunshine Act, which requires manufacturers of certain medical devices to track payments or other
transfers of value given to U.S. licensed physicians or teaching hospitals and to report this data to CMS annually for subsequent
public disclosure.

The  federal  False  Claims  Act,  which  imposes  liability  on  any  person  or  entity  that,  among  other  things,  knowingly  presents,  or
causes to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment by a federal health care program. The qui tam provisions of the
False  Claims  Act  allow  a  private  individual  to  bring  actions  on  behalf  of  the  federal  government  alleging  that  the  defendant  has
submitted a false claim to the federal government and to share in any monetary recovery.

Similar requirements have been adopted by many states and foreign countries. Violations of any of these laws can lead to additional
legal risk such as risk of plaintiff class actions, state Attorney General actions, and investigations by the Federal Trade Commission, among
others.

Failure to comply with applicable requirements, or later discovery of previously unknown problems with our products or manufacturing
processes,  including  our  failure  or  the  failure  of  one  of  our  contract  manufacturers  to  take  satisfactory  corrective  action  in  response  to  an
adverse inspection, can result in, among other things:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

administrative or judicially imposed sanctions;

injunctions or the imposition of civil penalties;

recall or seizure of our products;

reportable events;

total or partial suspension of production or distribution;

withdrawal or suspension of marketing clearances or approvals;

clinical holds;

warning letters;

refusal to permit the import or export of our products;

criminal prosecution; and

exclusion or debarment from participation in federal health care programs such as Medicare and Medicaid.

Any of these actions, in combination or alone, could prevent us from marketing, distributing and selling our products.

In addition, we have developed, configured and we intend to market our products to meet customer needs created by these various
regulations. Any significant change in these regulations could reduce demand for our products. Governmental agencies may also impose new
requirements regarding registration, labeling or prohibited materials that may require us to modify or re-register products already on the market
or otherwise adversely impact our ability

30

to market our products. If materials used in our products become unavailable because of new governmental regulations, substitute materials
may be less effective and may require significant cost to incorporate in our product.

In addition, a product defect or regulatory violation could lead to a government-mandated or voluntary recall by us. We believe that the
FDA  would  request  that  we  initiate  a  voluntary  recall  if  a  product  was  defective  or  presented  a  risk  of  injury  or  gross  deception.  Regulatory
agencies in other countries have similar authority to recall devices because of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture that
could endanger health. Any recall would divert management attention and financial resources, could cause the price of our shares of common
stock to decline, expose us to product liability or other claims (including contractual claims from parties to whom we sold products) and harm
our reputation with customers.

The  use  of  our  diagnostic  products  by  our  customers  is  also  affected  by  the  Clinical  Laboratory  Improvement  Amendments  (“CLIA”)
and related federal and state regulations that provide for regulation of laboratory testing. CLIA is intended to ensure the quality and reliability of
clinical laboratories in the United States by mandating specific standards in the areas of personnel qualifications, administration, participation in
proficiency  testing,  patient  test  management,  quality  assurance,  quality  control  and  inspections.  Current  or  future  CLIA  requirements  or  the
promulgation of additional regulations affecting laboratory testing may prevent some laboratories, hospitals, providers or other customers with
laboratories from using some or all of our diagnostic products.

Maintaining adequate sales of our product may depend on the availability of adequate reimbursement to our customers from
third-party  payers,  including  government  programs  such  as  Medicare  and  Medicaid,  private  insurance  plans,  and  managed  care
programs.

Maintaining and growing sales of our product, if approved, may depend in part on the availability of adequate reimbursement to our
customers from third-party payers, including government programs such as Medicare and Medicaid, private insurance plans and managed care
programs. Hospitals, clinical laboratories and other healthcare provider customers that may purchase our products generally bill various third-
party payers to cover all or a portion of the costs and fees associated with diagnostic tests, including the cost of the purchase of our products.
We  currently  expect  that  all  of  our  diagnostic  tests  will  be  performed  in  a  hospital  inpatient  setting,  where  governmental  payers,  such  as
Medicare, generally reimburse hospitals a single bundled payment that is based on the patient’s diagnosis under a classification system known
as the Medicare severity diagnosis-related groups (MS-DRGs) classification for all items and services provided to the patient during a single
hospitalization,  regardless  of  whether  our  diagnostic  tests  are  performed  during  such  hospitalization.  As  a  result,  our  customers’  access  to
adequate  payment  by  government  and  private  insurance  plans  is  central  to  the  acceptance  of  our  products.  We  may  be  unable  to  sell  our
products,  if  approved,  on  a  profitable  basis  if  third-party  payers  reduce  their  current  levels  of  payment  or  if  our  costs  of  production  increase
faster than increases in reimbursement levels.

Additionally,  third-party  payers  are  increasingly  reducing  reimbursement  for  medical  products  and  services.  In  addition,  the  U.S.
government, state legislatures, and foreign governments have and may continue to implement cost-containment measures and more restrictive
policies, including price controls and restrictions on reimbursement. For  example,  the  Budget  Control  Act  of  2011  (the  “Budget  Control  Act”)
established  a  process  to  reduce  federal  budget  deficits  through  an  automatic  “sequestration”  process  if  deficit  reductions  targets  are  not
otherwise  reached.  Under  the  terms  of  the  Budget  Control  Act,  sequestration  imposes  cuts  to  a  wide  range  of  federal  programs,  including
Medicare, which is subject to a two percent cut. The Bipartisan Budget Act of 2013 extended the two percent sequestration cut for Medicare
through fiscal year 2023, and a bill signed by President Obama on February 15, 2014 further extended this cut for an additional year, through
fiscal  year  2024.  For  fiscal  year  2024,  however,  Medicare  sequestration  amounts  will  be  realigned  such  that  there  will  be  a  four  percent
sequester for the first six months and no sequester for the second six months, under the Protecting Access to Medicare Act of 2014.

While we cannot predict whether third-party reimbursement to our customers will be adequate, cost-containment measures and similar
efforts  by  third-party  payers,  including  government  programs  such  as  Medicare  and  Medicaid,  could  substantially  impact  the  sales  of  our
products and potentially limit our net revenue and results.

We may be adversely affected by healthcare policy changes, including additional healthcare reform and changes in managed

healthcare.

Healthcare reform and the growth of managed care organizations have been considerable forces in the medical diagnostics industry
and in recent political discussions. These forces have placed, and are expected to continue to place, constraints on the levels of overall pricing
for healthcare products and services as well as the coverage available

31

by public and private insurance and thus, could have a material adverse effect on the future profit margins of our products or the amounts that
we are able to receive from third parties for the licensing of our products. Changes in the United States healthcare market could also force us to
alter our approach to selling, marketing, distributing and servicing our products and customer base. In and outside the United States, changes
to  government  reimbursement  policies  could  reduce  the  funding  that  healthcare  service  providers  have  available  for  diagnostic  product
expenditures,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  the  use  of  the  products  we  are  developing  and  our  future  sales,  license  and
royalty fees and profit margin.

For  example,  the  ACA  requires  CMS  to  reduce  payments  to  hospitals  reimbursed  under  Medicare’s  Inpatient  Prospective  Payment
System  (“IPPS”)  that  have  excess  readmissions.  This  and  other  applicable  requirements  set  forth  under  the  ACA  and  its  current  and  future
implementing regulations may significantly increase our costs, and/or reduce our customer’s ability to obtain adequate reimbursement for tests
performed  with  our  products,  which  could  adversely  affect  our  business  and  financial  condition.  In  addition  to  direct  impacts  from
reimbursement cuts, sales of our products could be negatively impacted if reimbursement cuts reduce microbiology budgets. While the ACA is
intended to expand health insurance coverage to uninsured persons in the United States, other elements of this legislation that are still being
developed and refined, such as Medicare provisions aimed at improving quality and decreasing costs, comparative effectiveness research, an
independent  payment  advisory  board,  and  pilot  programs  to  evaluate  alternative  payment  methodologies,  make  it  difficult  to  determine  the
overall impact on sales of our products. In addition to uncertainty regarding the impact of implementation of the ACA, there are some continued
legal challenges to the ACA that, if successful, could call into question the legitimacy of the ACA and its future applicability. Further, the current
White House administration has at times threatened to challenge or repeal the ACA, although the scope and timing of any legislation to repeal,
amend, replace or reform the ACA is uncertain.

In  recent  years,  other  legislative,  regulatory,  and  political  changes  aimed  at  regulating  healthcare  delivery  in  general  and  clinical
laboratory  tests  in  particular  have  been  proposed  and  adopted  in  the  United  States.  Reimbursement  for  the  laboratory  industry  is  under
significant pressure. In January 2015, HHS announced a plan to shift the Medicare program and the healthcare system at large, toward paying
providers based on quality, rather than the quantity of care provided to patients. In 2017, Medicare’s clinical laboratory reimbursement system
became tied to private market rates with the start of the effective period for the Protecting Access to Medicare Act of 2014 (“PAMA”), changing
the payment environment for clinical laboratory tests. The measures implemented by PAMA and ACA regulations can result in reduced prices,
added  costs,  and  decreased  test  utilization  for  our  customers,  although  the  full  impact  on  our  business  of  the  ACA,  changes  to  the  IPPS,
PAMA, and other applicable laws, regulations, and policies is uncertain.

We cannot predict whether future healthcare initiatives will be implemented at the federal or state level or in countries outside of the
United States in which we may do business, or the effect of any future legislation or regulation will have on our industry generally, our ability to
successfully commercialize the Accelerate Pheno system, and our overall business operations. Continued changes in healthcare policy could
substantially impact the sales of our tests, increase costs and divert management’s attention from our business. For example, any expansion in
the  government’s  regulation  of  the  United  States  healthcare  system  could  result  in  decreased  profits  to  us,  lower  reimbursements  to  our
customers for laboratory testing or reduced medical procedure volumes.

The regulatory processes applicable to our products and operations are expensive, time-consuming, and uncertain and may

prevent us from obtaining required approvals for the commercialization of our products.

Our products, including the Accelerate Pheno system, are regulated as medical device products by the FDA and comparable agencies
of  other  countries.  In  particular,  FDA  regulations  govern  activities  such  as  product  development,  product  testing,  product  labeling,  product
storage,  premarket  clearance  or  approval,  manufacturing,  advertising,  promotion,  product  sales,  reporting  of  certain  product  failures  and
distribution.  Some  of  our  products,  depending  on  their  intended  use,  will  require  approval  of  a  premarket  approval  application  (“PMA”)  or
clearance of a 510(k) notification from the FDA prior to marketing. The FDA has committed to review most 510(k) decisions within 90 days, but
the review may be delayed due to requests for additional information. A decision may take significantly longer, and clearance is never assured.
The  PMA  process  is  much  more  costly,  lengthy  and  uncertain.  The  FDA  has  committed  to  review  most  PMAs  within  180  days  where  an
advisory panel is not required and within 320 days where an advisory panel is required, but the review may be delayed due to requests for
additional information. A decision may take significantly longer, and approval is never assured. In the 510(k) clearance process, the FDA must
determine that a proposed device is “substantially equivalent” to a device legally on the market, known as a “predicate” device, with respect to
intended use, technology and safety and effectiveness, in order to clear the proposed device for marketing. Clinical data is sometimes required
to support substantial equivalence. The PMA pathway requires an applicant to demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of the device based, in
part, on extensive data, including technical,

32

preclinical,  clinical  trial,  manufacturing  and  labeling  data.  The  PMA  process  is  typically  required  for  devices  that  are  deemed  to  pose  the
greatest  risk,  such  as  life-sustaining,  life-supporting  or  implantable  devices.  However,  some  devices  are  automatically  subject  to  the  PMA
pathway  regardless  of  the  level  of  risk  they  pose,  because  they  have  not  previously  been  classified  into  a  lower  risk  class  by  the  FDA.
Manufacturers of these devices may request that the FDA review such devices in accordance with the de novo classification procedure, which
allows a manufacturer whose novel device would otherwise require the submission and approval of a PMA prior to marketing to request down-
classification  of  the  device  on  the  basis  that  the  device  presents  low  or  moderate  risk.  If  the  FDA  agrees  with  the  down-classification,  the
applicant  will  then  receive  authorization  to  market  the  device.  This  device  type  can  then  be  used  as  a  predicate  device  for  future  510(k)
submissions.

The FDA can delay, limit or deny clearance or approval of a device for many reasons, including:

•

•

•

we  may  not  be  able  to  demonstrate  to  the  FDA’s  satisfaction  that  our  product  candidates  are  safe  and  effective,  sensitive  and
specific diagnostic tests, for their intended users;

the data from our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient to support clearance or approval, where required; and

the manufacturing process or facilities we or our contract manufacturers use may not meet applicable requirements.

With  respect  to  those  future  products  where  a  PMA  is  not  required,  we  cannot  assure  you  that  we  will  be  able  to  obtain  510(k)
clearances  with  respect  to  those  products.  The  process  of  obtaining  regulatory  clearances  or  approvals,  or  completing  the  de  novo
classification process, to market a medical device can be costly and time consuming, and we may not be able to successfully obtain pre-market
reviews on a timely basis, if at all. Further, even if we were to obtain regulatory clearance, it may not be for the uses we believe are important or
commercially attractive, in which case we would not be permitted to market our product for those uses.

Clinical trial data is typically required to support a PMA and is sometimes required for a 510(k) pre-market notification. Although many
510(k) pre-market notifications are cleared without clinical data, in some cases, the FDA requires significant clinical data to support substantial
equivalence.  Clinical  trials  are  expensive  and  time-consuming.  In  addition,  the  commencement  or  completion  of  any  clinical  trials  may  be
delayed or halted for any number of reasons, including product performance, changes in intended use, changes in medical practice and the
opinion of evaluator Institutional Review Boards.

Additionally, since 2009, the FDA has significantly increased the scrutiny applied to its oversight of companies subject to its regulations
by  hiring  new  investigators  and  increasing  inspections  of  manufacturing  facilities.  The  FDA  has  also  undertaken  initiatives  related  to
enhancement of the 510(k) review process and has proposed significant changes to the regulation of laboratory developed tests (“LDTs”). We
continue to monitor these developments and analyze how they will impact the approval of our products. These and other actions proposed by
the  FDA’s  Center  for  Devices  and  Radiological  Health  could  result  in  significant  changes  to  the  510(k)  process,  which  could  complicate  the
product approval process, although we cannot predict the effect of such changes and cannot ascertain if such changes will have a substantive
impact on the approval of our products. If we fail to adequately respond to the increased scrutiny and streamlined 510(k) submission process,
our business may be adversely impacted.

Failure  to  comply  with  the  applicable  requirements  can  result  in,  among  other  things,  warning  letters,  administrative  or  judicially
imposed sanctions such as injunctions, civil penalties, recall or seizure of products, total or partial suspension of production, refusal to grant
premarket clearance or PMA for devices, withdrawal of marketing clearances or approvals, or criminal prosecution. With regard to products for
which we seek 510(k) clearance or PMA approval from the FDA, any failure or material delay to obtain such clearance or approval could harm
our business. If the FDA were to disagree with our regulatory assessment and conclude that approval or clearance is necessary to market the
products, we could be forced to cease marketing the products and seek approval or clearance. Once clearance or approval has been obtained
for a product, there is an obligation to ensure that all applicable FDA and other regulatory requirements continue to be met.

In addition, it is possible that the current regulatory framework could change or additional regulations could arise at any stage during
our product development or marketing, which may adversely affect our ability to obtain or maintain approval of our products. For example, in
response to industry and healthcare provider concerns regarding the predictability, consistency and rigor of the 510(k) regulatory pathway, the
FDA initiated an evaluation of the program,

33

and in January 2011, announced several proposed actions intended to reform the review process governing the clearance of medical devices.
The FDA undertook these reform actions to improve the efficiency and transparency of the clearance process, as well as bolster patient safety.
In  addition,  as  part  of  the  Food  and  Drug  Administration  Safety  and  Innovation  Act,  Congress  reauthorized  the  Medical  Device  User  Fee
Amendments  with  various  FDA  performance  goal  commitments  and  enacted  several  “Medical  Device  Regulatory  Improvements”  and
miscellaneous reforms that are further intended to clarify and improve medical device regulation both pre- and post-approval. Any delay in, or
failure to receive or maintain, clearance or approval for our product candidates could prevent us from generating revenue from these product
candidates. Additionally,  the  FDA  and  other  regulatory  authorities  have  broad  enforcement  powers.  Regulatory  enforcement  or  inquiries,  or
other increased scrutiny on us, could affect the perceived safety and efficacy of our product candidates and dissuade our customers from using
our product candidates, if and when they are authorized for marketing.

Our  manufacturing  facility  located  in  Tucson,  Arizona,  where  we  assemble  and  produce  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system,  is  subject  to
periodic regulatory inspections by the FDA and other federal and state and foreign regulatory agencies. For example, this facility is subject to
Quality System Regulations (“QSR”) of the FDA and is subject to annual inspection and licensing by the State of Arizona. If we fail to maintain
this  facility  in  accordance  with  the  QSR  requirements,  international  quality  standards  or  other  regulatory  requirements,  our  manufacturing
process could be suspended or terminated, which would prevent us from being able to provide products to our customers in a timely fashion.

Sales of our diagnostic product candidates outside the United States are subject to foreign regulatory requirements governing clinical
studies, vigilance reporting, marketing approval, manufacturing, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement. These regulatory requirements
vary greatly from country to country. As a result, the time required to obtain approvals outside the United States may differ from that required to
obtain FDA marketing authorization from the FDA, and we may not be able to obtain foreign regulatory approvals on a timely basis or at all.
Marketing  authorization  from  the  FDA  does  not  ensure  approval  by  regulatory  authorities  in  other  countries,  and  approval  by  one  foreign
regulatory  authority  does  not  ensure  clearance  or  approval  by  regulatory  authorities  in  other  countries  or  by  the  FDA.  Foreign  regulatory
authorities  could  require  additional  testing.  For  example,  we  are  currently  seeking  regulatory  approval  in  China  for  our  Accelerate  Pheno
system.  Failure  to  comply  with  foreign  regulatory  requirements,  or  to  obtain  required  clearances  or  approvals,  could  impair  our  ability  to
commercialize our diagnostic product candidates outside of the United States.

Global health crises, such as currently being experienced in some geographies with Coronavirus, may divert regulatory resources and
attention  away  from  approval  processes  for  our  products.  This  could  materially  lengthen  the  regulatory  approval  process  of  new  products,
which would delay expected commercialization of such new products.

Modifications  to  our  products,  if  cleared  or  approved,  may  require  new  510(k)  clearances  or  pre-market  approvals,  or  may

require us to cease marketing or recall the modified products until clearances are obtained.

Any modification to a device authorized for marketing that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a
major change in its intended use, design or manufacture, requires a new 510(k) clearance or, possibly, approval of a PMA supplement or new
PMA.  The  FDA  requires  every  manufacturer  to  make  this  determination  in  the  first  instance,  but  the  FDA  may  review  any  manufacturer’s
decision. The FDA may not agree with our decisions regarding whether new clearances or approvals are necessary. If the FDA disagrees with
our  determination  and  requires  us  to  submit  new  510(k)  notifications,  PMA  supplements  or  PMAs  for  modifications  to  previously  cleared  or
approved products for which we conclude that new clearances or approvals are unnecessary, we may be required to cease marketing or to
recall the modified product until we obtain clearance or approval, and we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties.

Furthermore, the FDA’s ongoing review of the 510(k) program may make it more difficult for us to make modifications to any products
for  which  we  obtain  clearance,  either  by  imposing  more  strict  requirements  on  when  a  manufacturer  must  submit  a  new  510(k)  for  a
modification to a previously cleared product, or by applying more onerous review criteria to such submissions. The practical impact of the FDA’s
continuing scrutiny of the 510(k) program remains unclear.

34

We rely on third parties to conduct studies of our products that may be required by the FDA or other regulatory authorities,

and those third parties may not perform satisfactorily.

We  rely  on  third  parties,  including  medical  investigators,  to  conduct  studies  on  our  products.  Our  reliance  on  these  third  parties  for
clinical  development  activities  will  reduce  our  control  over  these  activities.  These  third  parties  may  not  complete  activities  on  schedule  or
conduct  studies  in  accordance  with  regulatory  requirements  or  our  study  design.  If  applicable,  our  reliance  on  third  parties  that  we  do  not
control  will  not  relieve  us  of  any  applicable  requirement  to  prepare,  and  ensure  compliance  with,  various  procedures  required  under  good
clinical  practices.  If  these  third  parties  do  not  successfully  carry  out  their  contractual  duties  or  regulatory  obligations  or  meet  expected
deadlines,  if  the  third  parties  need  to  be  replaced  or  if  the  quality  or  accuracy  of  the  data  they  obtain  is  compromised  due  to  their  failure  to
adhere  to  our  clinical  protocols  or  regulatory  requirements  or  for  other  reasons,  our  studies  may  be  extended,  delayed,  suspended  or
terminated, and we may not be able to obtain marketing authorization from the FDA or regulatory clearance for our products.

A recall of our products, either voluntarily or at the direction of the FDA, or the discovery of serious safety issues with our

products that leads to corrective actions, could have a significant adverse impact on us.

The  FDA  and  similar  foreign  governmental  authorities  have  the  authority  to  require  the  recall  of  commercialized  products.
Manufacturers  may,  under  their  own  initiative,  recall  a  product  if  any  material  deficiency  in  a  device  is  found.  A  government-mandated  or
voluntary recall by us or one of our distributors could occur as a result of an unacceptable risk to health, component failures, manufacturing
errors, design or labeling defects or other deficiencies and issues. Under the FDA’s medical device reporting regulations, we are required to
report  to  the  FDA  any  incident  in  which  our  product  may  have  caused  or  contributed  to  a  death  or  serious  injury  or  in  which  our  product
malfunctioned and, if the malfunction were to recur, would likely cause or contribute to death or serious injury. Repeated product malfunctions
may result in a voluntary or involuntary product recall. Recalls of any of our products would divert managerial and financial resources, have an
adverse effect on our reputation, and may impair our ability to produce our products in a cost-effective and timely manner in order to meet our
customers’ demands. Depending on the corrective action we take to redress a product’s deficiencies or defects, the FDA may require, or we
may decide that we will need to obtain, new approvals or clearances for the device before we may market or distribute the corrected device.
Seeking  such  approvals  or  clearances  may  delay  our  ability  to  replace  the  recalled  devices  in  a  timely  manner.  Moreover,  if  we  do  not
adequately  address  problems  associated  with  our  devices,  we  may  face  additional  regulatory  enforcement  action,  including  FDA  warning
letters, product seizure, injunctions, administrative penalties, or civil or criminal fines. We may also be required to bear other costs or take other
actions that may have a negative impact on our sales as well as face significant adverse publicity or regulatory consequences, which could
harm our ability to market our products in the future.

Any adverse event involving our products could result in future voluntary corrective actions, such as recalls or customer notifications, or
agency  action,  such  as  inspection,  mandatory  recall  or  other  enforcement  action.  Any  corrective  action,  whether  voluntary  or  involuntary,  as
well as defending ourselves in a lawsuit, would require the dedication of our time and capital, distract management from operating our business
and may harm our reputation.

Risks Related to our Common Stock

Our stock price has been volatile and may continue to be volatile and traded on low volumes.

The trading price of our common stock has been, and is likely to continue to be, highly volatile. Factors that may contribute to volatility
in  the  price  of  our  common  stock  include,  but  are  not  limited  to:  (i)  low  trading  volume  currently  prevailing  in  the  market  for  our  shares;  (ii)
concentration  of  our  stock  with  one  individual  large  shareholder  who  could  decide  to  materially  reduce  his  position;  and  (iii)  the  substantial
current short interest in our stock. The market value of your investment in our common stock may rise or fall sharply at any time because of this
volatility and also because of significant short positions that may be taken by investors from time to time in our common stock. During the year
ended  December  31,  2019,  the  sale  price  for  our  common  stock  ranged  from  $11.76  to  $23.92  per  share,  and  during  the  year  ended
December 31, 2018, the sale price for our common stock ranged from $10.42 to $29.90 per share. The market prices for securities of medical
technology companies like us historically have been highly volatile, and the market has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations
that are unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies.

35

The short interest in our common stock is high, which may lead to further volatility in our stock price.

As of December 31, 2019, the number of shares of our common stock shorted was high as compared to the number of shares in the
public  float.  A  significant  concentration  of  short  interest  can  be  a  contributing  factor  resulting  in  high  volatility  in  our  stock  price  and  volume
fluctuations.

The ownership of our common stock is highly concentrated.

As  of  December  31,  2019,  our  directors  and  executive  officers,  together  with  members  of  their  immediate  families,  as  a  group,
beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately 47% of our outstanding capital stock, including 28% beneficially owned, directly or indirectly,
by our director, Jack Schuler. As a result, these stockholders will be able to affect the outcome of, or exert significant influence over, all matters
requiring  stockholder  approval,  including  the  election  and  removal  of  directors  and  any  change  in  control.  In  particular,  this  concentration  of
ownership  of  our  common  stock  could  have  the  effect  of  delaying  or  preventing  a  change  in  control  of  us  or  otherwise  discouraging  or
preventing a potential acquirer from attempting to obtain control of us. This,  in  turn,  could  have  a  negative  effect  on  the  market  price  of  our
common  stock.  It  could  also  prevent  our  stockholders  from  realizing  a  premium  over  the  market  prices  for  their  shares  of  common  stock.
Moreover, the interests of this concentration of ownership may not always coincide with our interests or the interests of other stockholders. The
concentration  of  ownership  also  contributes  to  the  low  trading  volume  and  volatility  of  our  common  stock.  In  late  2018  and  into  2019  major
shareholders of Accelerate were encouraged to hold their shares in certificate form.

Future sales of shares of our common stock may depress the price of our shares and be dilutive to our existing stockholders.

We cannot predict whether future issuances of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares for resale in the open market
will  decrease  the  market  price  per  share  of  our  common  stock.  Any  sales  by  us  or  by  our  existing  stockholders  of  a  substantial  number  of
shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales might occur, may cause the market price of our shares to
decline. The exercise of any options or warrants, the issuance of our common stock in connection with acquisitions and other issuances of our
common stock could have an adverse effect on the market price of the shares of our common stock.

To the extent that we raise additional funds through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of such securities will
result  in  dilution  to  our  stockholders.  Investors  purchasing  shares  or  other  securities  in  the  future  could  have  rights  superior  to  existing
stockholders. In addition, we have a significant number of options and warrants outstanding. If the holders of these options or warrants exercise
such securities, you may incur further dilution.

We may require additional capital in the future, and you may incur dilution to your stock holdings.

We have primarily relied upon capital from the sale of our securities to fund our operations. Although we have now commercialized the
Accelerate Pheno system in the United States, Europe, and certain other regions, there can be no assurance that our commercialization efforts
will be successful or that we will not continue to incur operating losses. If capital requirements vary materially from those currently forecast by
management,  we  may  require  additional  capital  sooner  than  expected.  We  may  also  require  additional  capital  in  the  future  to  expand  our
product offerings, expand our sales and marketing infrastructure, increase our manufacturing capacity, fund our operations, and continue our
research and development activities. Our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including:

•

our ability to obtain marketing authorization from the FDA or clearance from the FDA to market our product candidates;

• market acceptance of our product candidates, if cleared;

the cost and timing of establishing sales, marketing and distribution capabilities;

the cost of our research and development activities;

the ability of healthcare providers to obtain coverage and adequate reimbursement by third-party payers for procedures using our
products;

the cost and timing of marketing authorization or regulatory clearances;

•

•

•

•

36

•

•

•

•

the cost of goods associated with our product candidates;

the cost of customer disruptions due to supply disruptions;

the effect of competing technological and market developments; and

the extent to which we acquire or invest in businesses, products and technologies, including entering into licensing or collaboration
arrangements for product candidates.

If we require additional capital, we may attempt to raise it through a variety of strategies, including the issuance and sale of additional
shares of our common stock. Issuances of additional shares of our common stock or preferred stock in the future, whether in connection with a
rights  offering,  follow-on  offering  or  otherwise,  would  dilute  existing  stockholders  and  may  adversely  affect  the  market  price  of  our  common
stock.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain additional funds on acceptable terms, or at all. Debt financing, if available, may
involve  covenants  restricting  our  operations  or  our  ability  to  incur  additional  debt.  Any  debt  or  additional  equity  financing  that  we  raise  may
contain terms that are not favorable to us or our stockholders. If we raise additional funds through collaboration and licensing arrangements
with third parties, it may be necessary to relinquish some rights to our technologies or our products, or grant licenses on terms that are not
favorable to us. If we are unable to raise adequate funds, we may have to liquidate some or all of our assets or delay, reduce the scope of or
eliminate some or all of our product development.

If we do not have, or are not able to obtain, sufficient funds, we may be required to delay additional product development or license to
third parties the rights to commercialize our products or technologies that we would otherwise seek to commercialize ourselves. We also may
have to reduce marketing, customer support or other resources devoted to our product candidates or cease operations. Any of these factors
could harm our operating results.

Negative reports issued by securities analysts, and the election by securities analysts not to cover us, may have a negative

impact on the market price of our common stock.

The trading market for our common stock may be affected in part by the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish
about us or our business, and our failure to achieve analyst earnings estimates. It may be difficult for companies such as ours, with smaller
market capitalizations, to attract securities analysts that will cover our common stock. The lack of research coverage may adversely affect the
market price of our common stock. If one or more of the analysts who elects to cover us downgrades our stock, our stock price may decline
rapidly. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our Company, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn may cause our
stock price to decline.

We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to
finance the growth and development of our business. Any future debt agreements may also preclude us from paying dividends. As  a  result,
capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law may delay or prevent acquisition of our Company,

which could adversely affect the value of our common stock.

Provisions  contained  in  our  certificate  of  incorporation  and  bylaws,  as  well  as  provisions  of  the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law,
could  delay  or  make  it  more  difficult  to  remove  incumbent  directors  or  for  a  third  party  to  acquire  us,  even  if  a  takeover  would  benefit  our
stockholders. For example, our board of directors may fill any vacancy on the board of directors, whether such vacancy occurs as a result of an
increase in the number of directors or otherwise. Stockholders may only take action by written consent if acting unanimously. Special meetings
of the stockholders may be called only by the President, a Vice President, our board of directors or the holders of not less than one-tenth of all
the shares entitled to vote at the meeting. Additionally, our board of directors has the authority to cause us to issue, without any further vote or
action by the stockholders, up to 5.0 million shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, in one or more series, to fix the number of
shares constituting such series and the designation of such series, the voting powers, if any, of the shares of such series, and the preferences
and relative, participating,

37

optional or other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of the shares of such series. The issuance of
shares of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our Company without further action by
the stockholders, even where stockholders are offered a premium for their shares. Moreover, we are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of
the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, which prohibits a person who owns in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock
from merging or combining with us for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person acquired in excess of 15% of
our outstanding voting stock, unless the merger or combination is approved in a prescribed manner.

Risks Related to our Convertible Senior Notes

We have indebtedness in the form of convertible senior notes.

On March 27, 2018, the Company issued $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of 2.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2023 (the
“Notes”). In connection with the offering of the Notes, the Company granted the initial purchasers of the Notes a 13-day option to purchase up
to  an  additional  $22.5  million  aggregate  principal  amount  of  the  Notes  on  the  same  terms  and  conditions.  On  April  4,  2018  the  option  was
partially exercised, which resulted in $21.5 million of additional proceeds, for total proceeds of $171.5 million. As a result of this Notes offering,
we  incurred  $171.5  million  principal  amount  of  indebtedness,  the  principal  amount  of  which  we  may  be  required  to  pay  at  maturity  in  2023.
Holders of the Notes will have the right to require us to repurchase their Notes upon the occurrence of a fundamental change at a purchase
price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. In addition, the indenture for
the Notes provides that we are required to repay amounts due under the indenture in the event that there is an event of default for the Notes
that results in the principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, becoming due prior to Maturity Date for the Notes. There can be no assurance
that we will be able to repay this indebtedness when due, or that we will be able to refinance this indebtedness on acceptable terms or at all. In
addition, this indebtedness could, among other things:

•

•

•

•

heighten our vulnerability to adverse general economic conditions and heightened competitive pressures;

require us to dedicate a larger portion of our cash flow from operations to interest payments, limiting the availability of cash for other
purposes;

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and industry; and

impair  our  ability  to  obtain  additional  financing  in  the  future  for  working  capital,  capital  expenditures,  acquisitions,  general  corporate
purposes or other purposes.

Our failure to repurchase Notes at a time when the repurchase is required by the indenture (whether upon a fundamental change or
otherwise under the indenture) or pay cash payable on future conversions of the Notes as required by the indenture would constitute a default
under the indenture. A default under the indenture or the fundamental change itself could also lead to a default under agreements governing
our existing or future indebtedness. If the repayment of the related indebtedness were to be accelerated after any applicable notice or grace
periods, we may not have sufficient funds to repay the indebtedness, repurchase the Notes or make cash payments upon conversions thereof.

Servicing our debt will require a significant amount of cash, and we may not have sufficient cash flow from our business to

pay our debt.

Our ability to make scheduled payments of the principal of, to pay interest on or to refinance our indebtedness, including the Notes,
depends on our future performance, which is subject to economic, financial, competitive and other factors beyond our control. Our business
may not continue to generate cash flow from operations in the future sufficient to service our debt and make necessary capital expenditures. If
we are unable to generate such cash flow, we may be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as selling assets, restructuring debt or
obtaining additional equity capital on terms that may be onerous or highly dilutive. Our ability to refinance our indebtedness will depend on the
capital markets and our financial condition at such time. We may not be able to engage in any of these activities or engage in these activities
on desirable terms, which could result in a default on our debt obligations.

38

To the extent we choose to deliver shares upon conversion of the Notes, the ownership interests of existing stockholders will

be diluted and our stock price may be adversely impacted.

Upon conversion of the Notes, we will pay or deliver, as the case may be, cash, shares of our common stock or a combination of cash
and shares of our common stock, at our election. To the extent we choose to deliver shares upon conversion of some or all of the Notes, this
will result in a dilution to the ownership interests of existing stockholders and may depress our stock price.

The  conditional  conversion  feature  of  the  Notes,  if  triggered,  may  adversely  affect  our  financial  condition  and  operating

results.

In the event the conditional conversion feature of the Notes is triggered, holders of the Notes will be entitled to convert the Notes at any
time  during  specified  periods  at  their  option.  If  one  or  more  holders  elect  to  convert  their  Notes,  unless  we  elect  to  satisfy  our  conversion
obligation by delivering solely shares of our common stock (other than cash in lieu of any fractional share), we would be required to settle a
portion or all of our conversion obligation through the payment of cash, which could adversely affect our liquidity. In addition, even if holders of
the  Notes  do  not  elect  to  convert  their  Notes,  we  could  be  required  under  applicable  accounting  rules  to  reclassify  all  or  a  portion  of  the
outstanding  principal  of  the  Notes  as  a  current  rather  than  long-term  liability,  which  would  result  in  a  material  reduction  of  our  net  working
capital.

The accounting method for convertible debt securities that may be settled in cash, such as the Notes, could have a material

effect on our reported financial results.

Under Accounting Standards Codification 470-20, Debt with Conversion and Other Options (“ASC 470-20”), an entity must separately
account for the liability and equity components of the Notes that may be settled entirely or partially in cash upon conversion in a manner that
reflects the issuer’s economic interest cost. The effect of ASC 470-20 on the accounting for the Notes is that the equity component is required
to be included in the additional paid-in capital section of stockholders’ equity on our consolidated balance sheet at the issuance date and the
value of the equity component would be treated as debt discount for purposes of accounting for the debt component of the Notes. As a result,
we will be required to record a greater amount of non-cash interest expense as a result of the amortization of the discounted carrying value of
the Notes to their face amount over the term of the Notes. We will report larger net losses (or lower net income) in our financial results because
ASC 470-20 will require interest to include both the amortization of the debt discount and the instrument’s non-convertible coupon interest rate,
which could adversely affect our reported or future financial results, the trading price of our common stock and the trading price of the Notes. In
addition, the Notes may be settled entirely or partly in cash may be accounted for utilizing the treasury stock method, the effect of which is that
the shares issuable upon conversion of such Notes are not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share except to the extent that the
conversion value of such Notes exceeds their principal amount. Under the treasury stock method, for diluted earnings per share purposes, the
transaction is accounted for as if the number of shares of common stock that would be necessary to settle such excess, if we elected to settle
such excess in shares, are issued. We cannot be sure that the accounting standards in the future will continue to permit the use of the treasury
stock method. If we are unable or otherwise elect not to use the treasury stock method in accounting for the shares issuable upon conversion
of the Notes, then our diluted earnings per share could be adversely affected.

The prepaid forward we entered into in connection with the Notes offering may affect the value of our common stock and may

result in unexpected market activity in our common stock.

In connection with the issuance of the Notes, we entered into a prepaid forward with the forward counterparty. The prepaid forward is
intended to reduce the dilution to our stockholders from the issuance of our common stock (if any) upon conversion of the Notes and to allow
certain  investors  to  establish  short  positions  that  generally  correspond  to  commercially  reasonable  initial  hedges  of  their  investment  in  the
Notes. In addition, the forward counterparty (or its affiliate) may modify its hedge position by entering into or unwinding one or more derivative
transactions with respect to our common stock and/or purchasing or selling our common stock or other securities of ours in secondary market
transactions at any time, including following the offering of the Notes and immediately prior to or shortly after March 15, 2023, the maturity date
of the Notes (and are likely to unwind their derivative transactions and/or purchase or sell our common stock in connection with any conversion
or repurchase of the Notes and/or in connection with the purchase or sale of notes by certain investors). These activities could also cause or
avoid an increase or a decrease in the market price of our common stock.

39

The  prepaid  forward  initially  facilitated  privately  negotiated  derivative  transactions  relating  to  our  common  stock,  including  derivative
transactions by which investors in the Notes established short positions relating to our common stock to hedge their investments in the Notes
concurrently  with,  or  shortly  after,  the  placement  of  the  Notes.  Neither  we  nor  the  forward  counterparty  control  how  such  investors  may  use
such  derivative  transactions.  In  addition,  such  investors  may  enter  into  other  transactions  in  connection  with  such  derivative  transactions,
including the purchase or sale of our common stock, at any time. As a result, the existence of the prepaid forward, such derivative transactions,
and  any  related  market  activity  could  cause  more  sales  of  our  common  stock  over  the  term  of  the  prepaid  forward  than  there  would  have
otherwise been had we not entered into the prepaid forward. Such sales could potentially affect the market price of our common stock.

We  are  subject  to  counterparty  risk  with  respect  to  the  prepaid  forward.  We  will  be  subject  to  the  risk  that  the  forward

counterparty might default under the prepaid forward.

We are subject to the risk that the forward counterparty might default under the prepaid forward. Our exposure to the credit risk of the
forward counterparty will not be secured by any collateral. Global economic conditions have in the past resulted in, and may again result in, the
actual  or  perceived  failure  or  financial  difficulties  of  many  financial  institutions.  If  the  forward  counterparty  becomes  subject  to  insolvency
proceedings,  we  will  become  an  unsecured  creditor  in  those  proceedings,  with  a  claim  equal  to  our  exposure  at  that  time  under  our
transactions  with  the  forward  counterparty.  Our  exposure  will  depend  on  many  factors,  but,  generally,  an  increase  in  our  exposure  will  be
correlated to an increase in the market price of our common stock. In addition, upon a default by the forward counterparty, we may suffer more
dilution than we currently anticipate with respect to our common stock. We can provide no assurances as to the financial stability or viability of
the forward counterparty to the prepaid forward.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

Item 2. Properties

Our  headquarters  and  reference  laboratory  space  is  located  in  Tucson,  Arizona,  and  we  have  other  offices  in  Europe.  As  of
December  31,  2019  and  2018,  we  leased  approximately  55,970  and  55,715  square  feet  of  office/  laboratory  and  manufacturing  space,
respectively. We believe that our currently leased facilities are adequate to meet our needs for the foreseeable future. See Item  8,  Note  19,
Leases for additional details regarding the leases.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

We  are  from  time  to  time  subject  to  various  claims  and  legal  actions  in  the  ordinary  course  of  our  business.  Other  than  the  patent
Opposition proceeding discussed under the heading “Risk Factors-Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property-We may not be successful in our
currently pending or future patent applications, and even if such applications are successful, we cannot guarantee that the resulting patents will
sufficiently  protect  our  products  and  proprietary  technology”  in  Item  1A,  Risk  Factors  of  this  Form  10-K,  which  is  incorporated  herein  by
reference, we believe that there are currently no claims or legal actions that would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on
our results of operations or financial condition.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

40

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity
Securities

Market Information

Our common stock trades under the symbol “AXDX” on The Nasdaq Capital Market.

Performance Graph

The  following  Performance  Graph  compares  the  cumulative  5-year  total  stockholder  return  on  our  common  stock  relative  to  the
cumulative total returns of the NASDAQ Composite index (XCMP) and the NASDAQ Biotechnology index (XNBI). An investment of $100 (with
reinvestment of all dividends) is assumed to have been made in our common stock and in each of the indexes on December 31, 2014 and its
relative  performance  is  tracked  through  December  31,  2019.  The  Performance  Graph  and  related  information  shall  not  be  deemed  to  be
“soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act
or the Exchange Act except to the extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference into such filing.

Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc.

NASDAQ Composite

NASDAQ Biotechnology

Dec-14

100.00

100.00

100.00

Dec-15

111.99

106.96

111.77

Dec-16

108.13

116.45

87.91

Dec-17

136.53

150.96

106.92

Dec-18

59.93

146.67

97.45

Dec-19

88.07

200.49

121.91

* $100 invested on 12/31/2014 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends.

41

 
Holders

As of February 24, 2020, we had approximately 136 record owners of our Common Stock.

Dividends Paid and Dividend Policy

Holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available.
To date, no dividends have been declared by the Board of Directors. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for
use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our Common Stock for the foreseeable future.

Future  cash  dividends,  if  any,  will  be  at  the  discretion  of  our  Board  of  Directors  and  will  depend  upon  our  future  operations  and
earnings, capital requirements and surplus, general financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors as our Board of Directors may
deem relevant. We do not intend to pay any cash dividends on our Common Stock in the foreseeable future.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

None.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The  table  set  forth  below  presents  the  securities  authorized  for  issuance  with  respect  to  compensation  plans  under  which  equity

securities are authorized for issuance as of December 31, 2019:

Equity Compensation Plan

Plan category

Number of securities to be
issued upon exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights

Weighted-average exercise
price of outstanding options,
warrants and rights

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

Total

10,146,894 $

—

10,146,894 $

12.26
—

12.26

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

Number of securities
remaining available for future
issuance under equity
compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in the 1st column)
2,796,543
—

2,796,543

The following selected consolidated financial data has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements for the years
ended December 31, 2015, through 2019. The information below is not necessarily indicative of the results of future operations, and should be
read in conjunction with Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the consolidated
financial statements and related notes thereto included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data in order to fully understand
factors that may affect the comparability of the information presented below.

42

The  following  presents  selected  consolidated  statement  of  operations  and  comprehensive  loss  financial  data  for  the  years  ended

December 31 (in thousands):

Net sales
Loss from operations
Net loss
Basic and diluted loss per share (1)
Cash dividends

Selected Consolidated Financial Data
(in thousands except per share data)

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

$

9,297 $

5,670 $

4,177 $

246 $

(72,831)
(84,305)
(1.55)
—

(80,369)
(88,326)
(1.62)
—

(64,184)
(64,028)
(1.18)
—

(66,501)
(66,374)
(1.29)
—

147
(45,549)
(45,498)
(1.01)
—

The following presents selected consolidated balance sheet financial data at December 31 (in thousands):

Total assets
Other long term liabilities (2)
Long term debt

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

$

134,424 $
3,598
130,043

185,265 $

125,512 $

53
120,074

21
—

82,852 $
—
—

139,324
—
—

(1)  In  2018  shares  purchased  under  the  Prepaid  Forward  are  not  outstanding  for  purposes  of  the  calculation  of  basic  and  diluted

earnings per share.

(2)  Tables  include  the  impact  of  the  adoption  of  the  new  lease  accounting  standard  in  2019.  Prior  periods  have  not  been  revised.

Further information is provided in Item 8, Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The  following  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (“MD&A”)  summarizes  our
change in fiscal year financial condition, results of operations, recent developments, the significant factors affecting our results of operations,
capital  resources  and  liquidity,  off-balance  sheet  arrangements,  contractual  obligations,  as  well  as  discusses  recent  accounting
pronouncements and our critical accounting policies and estimates. You  should  read  the  following  discussion  and  analysis  together  with  our
financial  statements,  including  the  related  notes,  which  are  included  in  this  Form  10-K.  Certain  information  contained  in  the  discussion  and
analysis set forth below and elsewhere in this report, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business and related
financing,  includes  forward-looking  statements  that  involve  risks  and  uncertainties.  See  Item  1A,  Risk  Factors  of  this  Form  10-K  for  a
discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking
statements in this report.

43

 
 
Changes in Results of Operations: Comparison of fiscal years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017

December 31,

(in thousands)

December 31,

(in thousands)

Net sales

$

9,297 $

5,670 $

3,627

64%   $

5,670 $

4,177 $

1,493

36%

2019

2018

$ Change

% Change

2018

2017

$ Change

% Change

For the years ended December  31,  2019  and  2018,  total  revenues  increased  compared  to  the  previous  year,  due  to  an  increase  in
sales  of  Accelerate  Pheno  systems  and  Accelerate  PhenoTest  BC  kits.  The  FDA  granted  Accelerate’s  de  novo  request  to  market  the
Accelerate Pheno system and Accelerate PhenoTest BC kit on February 23, 2017.

December 31,

(in thousands)

December 31,

(in thousands)

Cost of sales

Gross profit

$

$

4,897 $

4,400 $

3,187 $

2,483 $

1,710

1,917

54%   $
77%   $

3,187 $

2,483 $

1,002 $

3,175 $

2,185

(692)

218 %

(22)%

2019

2018

$ Change

% Change

2018

2017

$ Change

% Change

During the year ended December 31, 2019, cost of sales and gross profit increased as a result of an increase in sales of Accelerate
Pheno systems and Accelerate PhenoTest BC kits compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase was primarily driven by an
increase in Accelerate PhenoTest BC kits sales.

During the year ended December 31, 2018, cost of sales increased as a result of an increase in sales of Accelerate Pheno systems
and Accelerate PhenoTest BC kits compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. Cost of sales increased at a faster rate than the rate of
increase in sales due to increased costs arising from investments in service and manufacturing capacity ahead of production demand.

Inventory without a cost basis was sold to customers for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. Pre-launch  inventory
previously  not  capitalized  and  expensed  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2019,  2018  and  2017  was  $0.5  million,  $0.4  million  and  $0.9
million, respectively.

Cost  of  sales  include  non-cash  equity-based  compensation  of  $0.3  million,  $0.2  million  and  $0.1  million  for  the  years  ended
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The increase in non-cash equity-based compensation was primarily driven by an increase in
sales  of  Accelerate  Pheno  systems  and  Accelerate  PhenoTest  BC  kits.  Non-cash  equity-based  compensation  cost  is  a  component  of
manufacturing overhead. Manufacturing overhead is capitalized as inventory and relieved to cost of sales when consumable tests are sold to a
customer, instruments are sold to customer or depreciation on revenue generating instruments. Cost of sales also includes non-cash equity-
based compensation of service overhead when supporting revenue generating instruments.

December 31,

(in thousands)

December 31,

(in thousands)

Research and
development

$

25,345 $

27,638 $

(2,293)

(8)%   $

27,638 $

22,301 $

5,337

24%

2019

2018

$ Change

% Change

2018

2017

$ Change

% Change

Research  and  development  expenses  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019  decreased  as  compared  to  the  year  ended
December  31,  2018. The  decrease  was  primarily  the  result  of  decreases  in  employee  non-cash  equity-based  compensation  and  employee
related  expenses,  decreases  in  purchases  of  engineering  supplies  to  support  research  and  development  and  decreases  in  depreciation
expense.

Research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased as compared to the year ended December 31,

2017. The increase was due to continued investment in clinical outcomes studies.

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Research and development expenses include non-cash equity-based compensation of $4.1 million, $4.8 million and $3.7 million for the
years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The decrease of expense for the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared
to the year ended December 31, 2018 was primarily the result of equity-based stock options becoming fully vested during the period, and new
equity-based stock option grants having a lower average fair value per share. The increase of expense for the year ended December 31, 2018
as compared to the year ended December  31,  2017  was  primarily  driven  by  increases  in  the  number  of  employees  and  equity-based  stock
option  grants  for  the  period.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018,  the  Company  also  granted  performance  based  options  to  certain
employees, some of which vested and were expensed.

December 31,

(in thousands)

December 31,

(in thousands)

Sales, general and
administrative

$

51,886 $

55,214 $

(3,328)

(6)%   $

55,214 $

45,058 $

10,156

23%

2019

2018

$ Change

% Change

2018

2017

$ Change

% Change

Sales,  general  and  administrative  expenses  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019  decreased  as  compared  to  the  year  ended
December  31,  2018. The  decrease  was  primarily  the  result  of  a  decrease  in  employee  non-cash  equity-based  compensation,  along  with  a
reduction in expenditures with third-party vendors.

Sales,  general  and  administrative  expenses  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018  increased  as  compared  to  the  year  ended
December  31,  2017. The  increase  was  primarily  the  result  of  increases  in  direct  sales  headcount,  and  employee  related  expenses,  as  we
continued to ramp up our sales and marketing operations globally each year.

Sales, general and administrative expenses include non-cash equity-based compensation of $8.2 million, $9.5 million and $10.1 million
for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The  decrease  of  expense  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019  as
compared to the year ended December 31, 2018 was primarily the result of new equity-based stock option grants having a lower average fair
value  per  share,  and  an  increase  in  forfeitures  which  offset  expenses.  Non-cash  equity-based  compensation  decreased  for  the  year  ended
December 31, 2018 as compared for the year ended December 31, 2017 due to an increase in stock option forfeitures, which offset expenses.

December 31,

(in thousands)

December 31,

(in thousands)

Loss from operations

$

2019
(72,831) $

2018
(80,369) $

$ Change

% Change

7,538

(9)%   $

2018
(80,369) $

2017
(64,184) $

$ Change

% Change

(16,185)

25%

During the year ended December 31, 2019, our loss from operations decreased compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The
decrease was primarily the result of a decrease in non-cash equity-based compensation, a decrease in research and development expenses, a
decrease in sales, general and administrative expense and increased sales as described above. This loss and further losses are anticipated
and are the result of our continued investments in sales and marketing, key research and development personnel, related costs associated with
product development, and commercialization of the Company’s products.

During the year ended December 31, 2018, our loss from operations increased compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. The
increase  was  primarily  the  result  of  our  continued  investments  in  research  and  development,  sales  and  marketing,  and  increased  employee
headcount, along with other factors, partially offset by an increase in sales of Accelerate Pheno systems and Accelerate PhenoTest BC kits in
2018 compared to 2017.

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss from operations includes non-cash equity-based compensation expense of $12.6 million, $14.4 million and $13.9 million  for  the

years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017.

December 31,

(in thousands)

December 31,

(in thousands)

Total other income
(expense), net

$

(11,585) $

(7,746) $

(3,839)

50%   $

(7,746) $

649 $

(8,395)

(1,294)%

2019

2018

$ Change

% Change

2018

2017

$ Change

% Change

Other  expenses  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2019  and  2018  increased  compared  to  the  previous  year.  The  increases  were
primarily the result of increased interest expense partially offset by investment income. In 2018 the Company started incurring interest expense
in connection with our convertible notes. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company incurred interest expense of $14.3
million  and  $10.1  million,  respectively.  These  amounts  were  partially  offset  by  investment  income  of  $2.8  million  for  the  years  ended
December 31, 2019 and 2018.

The  Company  had  other  expenses  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018  compared  to  other  income  for  the  year
ended December 31, 2017. This change was the result of to the Company starting to incur interest expense in connection with our convertible
notes  in  2018.  Other  income  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017  was  $0.6 million,  which  was  comprised  of  investment  income  of  $0.9
million offset by other expenses.

December 31,

(in thousands)

December 31,

(in thousands)

Benefit (provision) for
income taxes

$

111 $

(211) $

322

(153)%   $

(211) $

(493) $

282

(57)%

2019

2018

$ Change

% Change

2018

2017

$ Change

% Change

For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recorded a benefit for income taxes of $0.1 million as the Company was due an
income tax refund in connection with restructuring a transfer pricing agreement of a foreign subsidiary. For the years ended December 31, 2018
and 2017 the Company recorded tax provisions related to tax liabilities generated by our foreign subsidiaries for international income taxes.

Capital Resources and Liquidity

Our primary source of liquidity has been from sales of shares of our common stock and the issuance of the Notes. As of December 31,
2019, the Company had $108.5 million in cash and cash equivalents and available-for-sale securities, a decrease of $58.0 million from $166.5
million at December 31, 2018. The primary reason for the decrease was due to cash used in operations during the period.

The Company is subject to Lease Agreements. The future lease obligations under the Lease Agreements are included in Item 8, Note

19, Leases.

As of December 31, 2019, management believes that current cash balances will be more than sufficient to fund our capital and liquidity

needs for the next twelve months.

Our  primary  use  of  capital  has  been  for  the  commercialization  and  development  of  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system.  We  believe  our
capital  requirements  will  continue  to  be  met  with  our  existing  cash  balance  and  those  provided  under  revenue,  grants,  exercises  of  stock
options and/or additional issuance of equity or debt securities. However, if capital requirements vary materially from those currently planned, we
may require additional capital sooner than expected. There can be no assurance that such capital will be available in sufficient amounts or on
terms  acceptable  to  us,  if  at  all.  Additional  issuances  of  equity  or  convertible  debt  securities  will  result  in  dilution  to  our  current  common
stockholders.

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Summary of Cash Flows

The following summarizes selected items in the Company’s consolidated statements of cash flows for years ended December 31 (in

thousands):

Net cash used in operating activities
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
Net cash provided by financing activities

Cash flows from operating activities

Cash Flow Summary
(in thousands)

2019

2018

2017

$

(64,794) $
52,811
6,823

(67,756) $
(20,138)
125,771

(55,746)
(25,728)
90,427

The net cash used in operating activities was $64.8 million, $67.8 million and $55.7 million during the years ended December 31, 2019,
2018 and 2017, respectively. Net cash used in operating activities was primarily the result of net losses offset by equity-based compensation
and  amortization  of  debt  discount  and  issuance  costs.  These  losses  are  the  result  of  continued  investments  in  research  and  development,
sales and marketing, along with other factors.

A decrease in our net loss for the year ended December 31, 2019 offset by changes in working capital resulted in a decrease in cash

used in operating activities compared to the year ended December 31, 2018.

An increase in our net loss for the year ended December 31, 2018 offset by changes in working capital resulted in an increase in cash

used in operating activities compared to the year ended December 31, 2017.

Cash flows from investing activities

The net cash provided by investing activities was $52.8 million for year ended December 31, 2019. The Company had maturities and
proceeds  of  marketable  securities  of  $88.9  million  and  $14.5  million,  respectively,  which  were  offset  in  part  by  purchases  of  marketable
securities of $50.2 million.

The net cash used in investing activities was $20.1 million for year ended December 31, 2018. The Company purchased marketable
securities of $120.6 million, offset in part by maturities of marketable securities of $98.4 million. The Company had an increase in marketable
securities  purchases  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018  in  connection  with  investing  the  proceeds  from  the  Company's  convertible
notes offering.

The net cash used in investing activities was $25.7 million for year ended December 31, 2017. The Company purchased marketable
securities of $82.3 million, offset in part by maturities of marketable securities of $48.0 million. In 2017, proceeds received from a public offering
were used to purchase marketable securities and fund operations.

Cash flows from financing activities

The net cash provided by financing activities was $6.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, and was primarily comprised of

proceeds from exercises of options and the issuance of common stock to an entity affiliated with the Company's Chief Operating Officer.

The net cash provided by financing activities was $125.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2018. This was primarily from
proceeds received from the Notes offering during 2018,  partially  offset  by  the  prepayment  of  a  forward  stock  repurchase  and  debt  issuance
costs as described in Item 8, Note 11, Convertible Notes.

The  net  cash  provided  by  financing  activities  was  $90.4 million  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017. This  was  primarily  from
proceeds received from a public offering of our common stock during 2017. Further information regarding the 2017 public offering is described
in Item 8, Note 13, Public Offering.

47

 
Convertible Notes

On March 27, 2018, the Company issued $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of 2.50% Convertible Senior Notes (the “Notes”).
In  connection  with  the  offering  of  the  Notes,  the  Company  granted  the  initial  purchasers  of  the  Notes  a  13-day  option  to  purchase  up  to  an
additional $22.5 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes on the same terms and conditions. On April 4, 2018 the option was partially
exercised, which resulted in $21.5 million of additional proceeds, for total proceeds of $171.5 million. The Notes mature on March  15,  2023,
unless earlier repurchased or converted into shares of common stock subject to certain conditions. The Notes are convertible into shares of the
Company’s common stock, can be repurchased for cash, or a combination thereof, at the Company’s election, at an initial conversion rate of
32.3428 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of the Notes, which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately
$30.92  per  share  of  common  stock,  subject  to  adjustment.  We  will  pay  interest  on  the  Notes  semi-annually  in  arrears  on  March  15  and
September 15 of each year with interest payments beginning on September 15, 2018. Proceeds received from the issuance of the Notes was
allocated between long-term debt (the “liability component”) and contributed capital (the “equity component”), within the consolidated balance
sheet. The fair value of the liability component was measured using rates determined for similar debt instruments without a conversion feature.

In connection with the offering, we entered into a prepaid forward stock repurchase transaction (the “Prepaid Forward”) with a financial
institution. Pursuant  to  the  Prepaid  Forward,  we  used  approximately  $45.1 million  of  the  proceeds  from  the  offering  of  the  Notes  to  pay  the
prepayment amount. The aggregate number of shares of our common stock underlying the Prepaid Forward is approximately 1,858,500 shares
(based on the sale price of $24.25). The expiration date for the Prepaid Forward is March 15, 2023, although it may be settled earlier in whole
or in part. Upon settlement of the Prepaid Forward, at expiration or upon any early settlement, the Forward Counterparty will deliver to us the
number of shares of common stock underlying the Prepaid Forward or the portion thereof being settled early. The shares purchased under the
Prepaid Forward were treated as treasury stock on the consolidated balance sheet (and not outstanding for purposes of the calculation of basic
and diluted earnings per share), but remain outstanding for corporate law purposes, including for purposes of any future stockholders' votes,
until the Forward Counterparty delivers the shares underlying the Prepaid Forward to us. Net proceeds, less issuance cost from the offering of
approximately $121.4 million, is being used for general corporate purposes.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2019.

Contractual Obligations

The  Company  has  certain  contractual  obligations  and  commercial  commitments  as  disclosed  in  Item  8,  Note  18,  Commitments  and
Contingencies  that  do  not  meet  the  definition  of  long  term  debt  obligations,  capital  leases,  operating  leases  or  purchase  obligations.  The
Company has entered into Lease Agreements as described in Item 2, Properties and Item 8, Note 19, Leases. The Company has entered into
Convertible  Senior  Notes  as  described  in  Item  8,  Note  11,  Convertible  Notes.  The  future  expected  payment  obligations  under  our
agreements over the next five years are (in thousands):

Payments due by Period
(in thousands)

Contractual Obligations

Operating Lease Obligations
Convertible Notes

Total

Total

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

$

$

4,352 $

171,500

175,852 $

698 $
—

698 $

752 $
—

752 $

879 $
—

879 $

968 $

171,500

172,468 $

1,055
—

1,055

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

A  discussion  relating  to  recent  accounting  pronouncements  can  be  found  in  Item  8,  Note  2,  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting

Policies.

48

Critical Accounting Policies

We  consider  our  accounting  policies  related  to  inventory,  convertible  notes,  revenue  and  equity-based  compensation  to  be  critical
accounting  policies.  A  number  of  significant  estimates,  assumptions,  and  judgments  are  inherent  in  our  calculations,  which  are  based  on
historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ
materially from these estimates.

Inventory

Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The Company determines the cost of inventory using the first-in, first out
method. The Company estimates the recoverability of inventory by reference to internal estimates of future demands and product life cycles,
including expiration. The Company periodically analyzes its inventory levels to identify inventory that may expire prior to expected sale or has a
cost basis in excess of its estimated realizable value and records a charge to expense for such inventory as appropriate.

Instruments Classified as Property and Equipment

Property  and  equipment  includes  Accelerate  Pheno  systems  (also  referred  to  as  instruments)  used  for  sales  demonstrations,
instruments under rental agreements and instruments used for research and development. Depreciation expense for instruments used for sales
demonstrations  is  recorded  as  a  component  of  sales,  general  and  administrative  expense.  Depreciation  expense  for  instruments  placed  at
customer sites pursuant to reagent rental agreements is recorded as a component of cost of sales. Depreciation expense for instruments used
in  our  laboratory  and  research  is  recorded  as  a  component  of  research  and  development  expense.  The  Company  retains  title  to  these
instruments and depreciates them over five years. Losses from the retirement of returned instruments are included in costs and expenses.

The  Company  evaluates  the  recoverability  of  the  carrying  amount  of  its  instruments  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances
indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable, and at least annually. This evaluation is based on our estimate of future
cash flows and the estimated fair value of such long-lived assets, and provides for impairment if such undiscounted cash flows or the estimated
fair value are insufficient to recover the carrying amount of instruments.

During  2019,  the  Company  identified  potential  impairment  indicators  related  to  instruments  installed  at  customer  sites  under  rental
agreement that have not yet generated revenue and the length of time from when these instruments are installed to when revenue is initially
generated. The Company’s evaluation for impairment included consideration of the cash flows of current revenue generating instruments, the
length of time to recover the carrying value, the historical rate of returned instruments from customers and the Company’s ability to resell or
repurpose used instruments. As a result of the Company’s evaluation, no impairment charges were recorded at December 31, 2019 and 2018.

See Note 8, Property and Equipment, for further information and related disclosures.

Convertible Notes

We account for convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash or equity upon conversion by separating the liability and equity
components  of  the  instruments  in  a  manner  that  reflects  our  nonconvertible  debt  borrowing  rate.  We  determined  the  carrying  amount  of  the
liability  component  of  the  Notes  by  using  estimates  and  assumptions  that  market  participants  would  use  in  pricing  a  debt  instrument.  These
estimates and assumptions are judgmental in nature and could have a significant impact on the determination of the debt component, and the
associated non-cash interest expense.

The equity component is treated as a discount on the liability component of the Notes, which is amortized over the term of the Notes
using the effective interest rate method. Debt issuance costs related to the Notes are allocated to the liability and equity components of the
Notes  based  on  their  relative  values.  Debt  issuance  costs  allocated  to  the  liability  component  are  amortized  over  the  life  of  the  Notes  as
additional  non-cash  interest  expense.  Transaction  costs  allocated  to  equity  are  netted  with  the  equity  component  of  the  convertible  debt
instrument in stockholders’ equity.

49

Revenue Recognition

The  Company  recognizes  revenue  when  control  of  the  promised  good  or  service  is  transferred  to  our  customers,  in  an  amount  that

reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. Sales taxes are excluded from revenues.

We determine revenue recognition through the following steps:

•

•

•

•

•

Identification of the contract with a customer

Identification of the performance obligations in the contract

Determination of the transaction price

Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations

Recognition of revenue as we satisfy a performance obligation

Product revenue is derived from the sale or rental of our instruments and sales of related consumable products. When an instrument is
sold, revenue is generally recognized upon installation of the unit consistent with contract terms, which do not include a right of return. When a
consumable product is sold, revenue is generally recognized upon shipment. Invoices are generally issued when revenue is recognized. Our
payment  terms  vary  by  the  type  and  location  of  our  customer  and  the  products  or  services  offered.  The  term  between  invoicing  and  when
payment is due is not significant.

Service  revenue  is  derived  from  the  sale  of  extended  service  agreements  which  are  generally  non-cancellable.  This  revenue  is
recognized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  contract  term  beginning  on  the  effective  date  of  the  contract  because  the  Company  is  standing
ready to provide services. Invoices are generally issued annually and coincide with the beginning of individual service terms.

Our  contracts  with  customers  may  include  multiple  performance  obligations.  For  such  arrangements,  we  allocate  revenue  to  each
performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price. We generally determine relative standalone selling prices based on the
price charged to customers for each individual performance obligation.

Sales  commissions  earned  by  our  sales  force  are  considered  incremental  and  recoverable  costs  of  obtaining  a  contract  with  a
customer. The Company has determined these costs would have an amortization period of less than one year and has elected to recognize
them as an expense when incurred. Contract asset opening and closing balances were immaterial for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Leases

The Company accounts for leases in accordance with ASC 842, Leases, which was adopted on January 1, 2019. We determine if an
arrangement is or contains a lease and the type of lease at inception. The Company classifies leases as finance leases (lessee) or sales-type
leases (lessor) when there is either a transfer of ownership of the underlying asset by the end of the lease term, the lease contains an option to
purchase the asset that we are reasonably certain will be exercised, the lease term is for the major part of the remaining economic life of the
asset, the present value of the lease payments and any residual value guarantee equals or substantially exceeds all the fair value of the asset,
or the asset is of such a specialized nature that it will have no alternative use to the lessor at the end of the lease term. Payments contingent on
future  events  (i.e.  based  on  usage)  are  considered  variable  and  excluded  from  lease  payments  for  the  purposes  of  classification  and  initial
measurement. Several of our leases include options to renew or extend the term upon mutual agreement of the parties and others include one-
year extensions exercisable by the lessee. None of our leases contain residual value guarantees, restrictions, or covenants.

To determine whether a contract contains a lease, the Company uses its judgment in assessing whether the lessor retains a material
amount of economic benefit from an underlying asset, whether explicitly or implicitly identified, which party holds control over the direction and
use of the asset, and whether any substantive substitution rights over the asset exist.

50

Lessee

Operating  leases  are  included  in  right-of-use  (“ROU”)  assets  and  operating  lease  liabilities  within  our  consolidated  balance  sheets.
These  assets  represent  our  right  to  use  an  underlying  asset  for  the  lease  term  and  lease  liabilities  represent  our  obligation  to  make  lease
payments arising from the lease. ROU assets and their related liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of
lease payments over the lease term. Typically, we use our incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement in
determining the present value of lease payments. We use the implicit rate when readily determinable. ROU assets are net of lease payments
made and exclude lease incentives. Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term, which may
include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that we will exercise the option. As of adoption of ASC 842 and as
of December 31, 2019, the Company was not party to finance lease arrangements.

Our  leases  consist  primarily  of  leased  office,  factory,  and  laboratory  space  in  the  United  States  and  office  space  in  Europe,  have

between two and six-year terms, and typically contain penalizing, early-termination provisions.

Lessor

The  Company  leases  instruments  to  customers  under  “reagent  rental”  agreements,  whereby  the  customer  agrees  to  purchase
consumable  products  over  a  stated  term,  typically  five  years  or  less,  for  a  volume-based  price  that  includes  an  embedded  rental  for  the
instruments. When collectibility is probable, that amount is recognized as income at lease commencement for sales-type leases and as product
is shipped, typically in a straight–line pattern, over the term for operating leases, which typically include a termination without cause or penalty
provision given a short notice period.

Consideration is allocated between lease and non-lease components based on stand-alone selling price in accordance with ASC 606,

Revenue from Contracts with Customers.

Net investment in sales-type leases are included within our consolidated balance sheets as a component of other current assets and
other non-current assets, which include the present value of lease payments not yet received and the present value of the residual asset, which
are determined using the information available at commencement, including the lease term, estimated useful life, rate implicit in the lease, and
expected fair value of the instrument.

Equity-Based Compensation

The  Company  may  award  stock  options,  restricted  stock  units  (“RSUs”),  performance-based  options  and  other  equity-based
instruments to its employees, directors and consultants. Compensation cost related to equity-based instruments is based on the fair value of
the instrument on the grant date, and is recognized over the requisite service period on a straight-line basis over the vesting period for each
tranche  (an  accelerated  attribution  method)  except  for  performance-based  options.  Performance-based  stock  options  vest  based  on  the
achievement of performance targets. Compensation costs associated with performance-based option awards are recognized over the requisite
service period based on probability of achievement. Performance-based stock options require management to make assumptions regarding the
likelihood of achieving performance targets.

The Company estimates the fair value of service based and performance based stock option awards, including modifications of stock
option awards, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. This model derives the fair value of stock options based on certain assumptions
related to expected stock price volatility, expected option life, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield.

Volatility:  The  expected  volatility  is  based  on  the  historical  volatility  of  the  Company's  stock  price  over  the  most  recent  period
commensurate with the expected term of the stock option award.

Expected term: The estimated expected term for employee awards is based on the calculation published by the SEC in SAB110 for
use when there is not a sufficient history of employee exercise patterns. For consultant awards, the estimated expected term is the
same as the life of the award.

Risk-free  interest  rate:  The  risk-free  interest  rate  is  based  on  published  U.S.  Treasury  rates  for  a  term  commensurate  with  the
expected term.

•

•

•

51

•

Dividend yield: The dividend yield is estimated as zero as the Company has not paid dividends in the past and does not have any
plans to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future.

The Company records the fair value of RSUs or Stock Grants (“SGs”) based on published closing market price on the day before the

grant date.

The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur rather than on an estimated basis.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures

Interest Rate Risk

Our investment portfolio is exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates. The fair market value of fixed rate securities may be
adversely  impacted  by  fluctuations  in  interest  rates  while  income  earned  on  floating  rate  securities  may  decline  as  a  result  of  decreases  in
interest rates. We  have  historically  maintained  a  relatively  short  average  maturity  for  our  investment  portfolio,  and  we  believe  a  hypothetical
100 basis point adverse move in interest rates along the entire interest rate yield curve would change the fair value of our interest sensitive
financial instruments by approximately $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 and $0.5 million for the year ended December 31,
2018.

Although  the  Notes  are  based  on  a  fixed  rate,  changes  in  interest  rates  could  impact  the  fair  market  value  of  the  Notes.  As  of

December 31, 2019, the fair market value of the Notes was $133.8 million.

Under our current policies, we do not use interest rate derivative instruments to manage exposure to interest rate changes. We attempt
to ensure the safety and preservation of our invested principal funds by limiting default risk, market risk and reinvestment risk. The goals of our
investment  policy  are  preservation  of  capital,  fulfillment  of  liquidity  needs  and  fiduciary  control  of  cash  and  investments.  We  also  seek  to
maximize income from our investments without assuming significant risk. To achieve our goals, we maintain a portfolio of cash equivalents and
investments in a variety of securities that management believes to be of high credit quality. Further  information  regarding  our  investments  is
included in Item 8, Note 6, Investments.

Foreign Currency Risk

We  operate  primarily  in  the  United  States  and  a  majority  of  our  cost,  expense  and  capital  purchasing  activities  were  transacted  in
United States dollars. As a corporation with international and domestic operations, we are exposed to changes in foreign exchange rates. Our
international  revenue  is  predominantly  in  Europe  and  the  Middle  East  and  is  denominated  in  Euros  and  United  States  dollars.  In  our
international operations, we pay payroll and other expenses in local currencies. Our exposures to foreign currency risks may change over time
and could have a material adverse impact on our financial results.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Financial Statements of Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

52

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31,
2019  and  2018,  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations  and  comprehensive  loss,  stockholders’  equity  (deficit)  and  cash  flows  for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial
statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company
at December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December
31, 2019, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB),
the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated
Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (2013  framework),  and  our  report  dated
February 27, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

These  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the
Company’s  financial  statements  based  on  our  audits.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  PCAOB  and  are  required  to  be
independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the
Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our
audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud,
and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts
and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made
by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall  presentation  of  the  financial  statements.  We  believe  that  our  audits  provide  a  reasonable
basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The  critical  audit  matter  communicated  below  is  a  matter  arising  from  the  current  period  audit  of  the  financial  statements  that  was
communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the
financial  statements  and  (2)  involved  our  especially  challenging,  subjective  or  complex  judgments.  The  communication  of  the  critical  audit
matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the
critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the account or disclosure to which it relates.

53

Instruments Classified as Property and Equipment Valuation

Description of the Matter

Instruments installed at customer sites under rental agreements are classified as property and equipment and totaled $7.5 million as of
December 31, 2019. As explained in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company evaluates the recoverability of the carrying
amount of these instruments at least annually.

Auditing  management's  estimate  of  the  recoverability  of  the  carrying  value  of  instruments  classified  as  property  and  equipment  by
reference to the Company’s forecasted ability to use such instruments to generate future revenues involved subjective auditor judgment. This is
due  to  the  variability  in  length  of  time  from  placement  of  an  instrument  at  a  customer  site  to  when  the  instrument  either  begins  to  generate
revenue or is returned to the Company and the increase in instruments placed under rental arrangements during the year ended December 31,
2019 which are not yet generating revenue.

How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design, and tested the operating effectiveness of internal controls over the Company's
internal  estimates  of  the  recoverability  of  the  carrying  value  of  the  Company’s  instruments  classified  as  property  and  equipment,  including
management’s  controls  over  the  completeness  and  accuracy  of  the  data  and  underlying  assumptions  used  in  the  analysis,  such  as  the
Company’s rate of returned instruments assumptions and forecasted ability to resell or repurpose used instruments.

Our substantive audit procedures included, among others, evaluating the significant assumptions used in management’s recoverability
analysis, in addition to assessing the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data used. We compared the carrying value of instruments
in  property  and  equipment  to  management’s  recoverability  analysis  and  tested  key  assumptions  including  the  Company’s  rate  of  returned
instruments assumption and the Company’s forecasted ability to resell or repurpose used instruments. Our procedures over these assumptions
included comparing the rate of returned instruments assumption to historical return rates, testing the accuracy of historical return rates, testing
the  accuracy  of  instruments  currently  under  contract  to  be  installed  at  customer  sites  in  the  future,  and  performing  a  sensitivity  analysis  to
evaluate the impact of changes in these significant assumptions to the valuation of these instruments.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2013.
Phoenix, Arizona
February 27, 2020

54

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc.

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We  have  audited  Accelerate  Diagnostics,  Inc.’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2019,  based  on  criteria
established  in  Internal  Control-Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission
(2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB),
the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the related consolidated statements of operations
and comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, and
the related notes of the Company and our report dated February 27, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of
the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  included  in  the  accompanying  Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control  Over
Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance
with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit

to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness
exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other
procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of
financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of
records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the  company;  (2)  provide
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized
acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

55

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of
any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions,
or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Phoenix, Arizona
February 27, 2020

56

 
ACCELERATE DIAGNOSTICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED
BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except share data)

ASSETS

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

$

$

$

December 31,

2019

2018

61,014 $
47,437
3,222
8,059
955
1,165

121,852
7,905
3,917
750

134,424 $

2,351 $
3,828
1,262
271
450

8,162
3,579
19
130,043

141,803

66,260
100,218
1,860
7,746
980
576

177,640
7,303
—
322

185,265

1,322
4,962
1,262
217
—

7,763
—
53
120,074

127,890

Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Investments
Trade accounts receivable
Inventory
Prepaid expenses
Other current assets

Total current assets
Property and equipment, net
Right of use assets
Other non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities:

Accounts payable
Accrued liabilities
Accrued interest
Deferred revenue
Current operating lease liability

Total current liabilities
Non-current operating lease liability
Other non-current liabilities
Convertible notes

Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies

Stockholders' equity (deficit):

Preferred shares, $0.001 par value;

5,000,000 preferred shares authorized and none outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2018

—

—

Common stock, $0.001 par value;

85,000,000 common shares authorized with 54,708,792 shares issued and outstanding on December 31, 2019 and 75,000,000
common shares authorized with 54,231,876 shares issued and outstanding on December 31, 2018
Contributed capital
Treasury stock
Accumulated deficit
Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity (deficit)

55
452,344
(45,067)
(414,653)
(58)

(7,379)

$

134,424 $

54
432,885
(45,067)
(330,348)
(149)

57,375

185,265

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ACCELERATE DIAGNOSTICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
(in thousands, except per share data)

Net sales

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Costs and expenses:

Research and development
Sales, general and administrative

Total costs and expenses

Years Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

$

9,297 $

5,670 $

4,177

4,897

4,400

25,345
51,886

77,231

3,187

2,483

27,638
55,214

82,852

1,002

3,175

22,301
45,058

67,359

Loss from operations

(72,831)

(80,369)

(64,184)

Other income (expense):

Interest expense
Foreign currency exchange loss
Interest and dividend income
Other expense, net

Total other income (expense), net

Net loss before income taxes
Benefit (provision) for income taxes

Net loss

Basic and diluted net loss per share
Weighted average shares outstanding

Other comprehensive loss:

Net loss
Net unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale investments
Foreign currency translation adjustment

Comprehensive loss

(14,256)
(124)
2,809
(14)

(11,585)

(84,416)
111

(10,113)
(450)
2,845
(28)

(7,746)

(88,115)
(211)

(84,305) $

(88,326) $

—
(75)
908
(184)

649

(63,535)
(493)

(64,028)

(1.55) $

54,506

(1.62) $

54,494

(1.18)
54,073

(84,305) $
193
(102)

(84,214) $

(88,326) $
23
(172)

(88,475) $

(64,028)
(117)
321

(63,824)

$

$

$

$

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ACCELERATE DIAGNOSTICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
(in thousands)

Balances, January 1, 2017

Net loss

Issuance of common stock

Exercise of options and warrants

Issuance of common stock under employee purchase
plan

Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities

Foreign currency translation adjustment

Cumulative impact of accounting change
Equity-based compensation

Balances, December 31, 2017

Net loss

Exercise of options and restricted stock awards issued

Issuance of common stock under employee purchase
plan

Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities

Foreign currency translation adjustment

Repurchase of common stock under Prepaid Forward
contract

Issuance of convertible note

Cumulative impact of accounting change
Equity-based compensation

Balances, December 31, 2018

Net loss

Issuance of common stock

Exercise of options and restricted stock awards issued

Issuance of common stock under employee purchase
plan

Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities

Foreign currency translation adjustment

Equity-based compensation

Balances, December 31, 2019

Common
Stock
Amount

Contributed
Capital

Accumulated
Deficit

Treasury 
stock

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

Total
Stockholders’
Equity
(Deficit)

52 $ 255,257 $ (177,289) $
—
3
1

(64,028)
—
—

—
83,221
6,605

— $
—
—
—

(204) $
—
—
—

—

—
—
—
—

56
—
—

—

—
—

(2)
—
—
—

54
—
—
1

—

—
—
—

597

—
—
—
14,940

360,620
—
3,749

583

—
—

—
53,283
—
14,650

432,885
—
1,000
5,364

458

—
—
12,637

—

—
—
(655)
—

(241,972)
(88,326)
—

—

—
—

—
—
(50)
—

(330,348)
(84,305)
—
—

—

—
—
—

—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—

—

—
—

(45,067)
—
—
—

(45,067)
—
—
—

—

—
—
—

—

(117)
321
—
—

—
—
—

—

23
(172)

—
—
—
—

(149)
—
—
—

—

193
(102)
—

77,816
(64,028)
83,224
6,606

597

(117)
321
(655)
14,940

118,704
(88,326)
3,749

583

23
(172)

(45,069)

53,283
(50)
14,650

57,375
(84,305)
1,000
5,365

458

193
(102)
12,637

Shares
51,516 $
—
3,085
1,045

28

—
—
—
—

55,674
—
382

35

—
—

(1,859)
—
—
—

54,232
—
56
396

25

—
—
—

54,709 $

55 $ 452,344 $ (414,653) $ (45,067) $

(58) $

(7,379)

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

59

 
ACCELERATE DIAGNOSTICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net loss
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization
Amortization of investment discount
Equity-based compensation expense
Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs
Loss on disposal of property and equipment

(Increase) decrease in assets:

Accounts receivable
Inventory
Prepaid expense and other assets

Increase (decrease) in liabilities:

Accounts payable
Accrued liabilities
Accrued interest
Deferred revenue and income
Deferred compensation

Net cash used in operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Purchases of equipment
Purchase of marketable securities
Proceeds from sales of marketable securities
Maturities of marketable securities

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Proceeds from issuance of common stock
Proceeds from exercise of options and warrants
Proceeds from issuance of convertible note
Prepayment of forward stock repurchase transaction
Payment of debt issuance costs

Net cash provided by financing activities

Effect of exchange rate on cash

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

Years Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

$

(84,305) $

(88,326) $

(64,028)

2,602
(427)
12,618
9,969
837

(1,362)
(3,655)
(752)

988
(1,327)
—
54
(34)

2,561
(621)
14,422
6,849
678

86
(4,223)
(250)

(748)
1,426
1,262
(904)
32

2,196
326
13,933
—
240

(1,912)
(7,759)
(459)

1,064
596
—
36
21

(64,794)

(67,756)

(55,746)

(330)
(50,226)
14,500
88,867

52,811

1,458
5,365
—
—
—

6,823

(86)

(5,246)
66,260

(998)
(120,556)
3,000
98,416

(20,138)

583
3,749
171,500
(45,069)
(4,992)

125,771

(130)

37,747
28,513

$

61,014 $

66,260 $

(2,966)
(82,333)
11,522
48,049

(25,728)

83,821
6,606
—
—
—

90,427

316

9,269
19,244

28,513

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ACCELERATE DIAGNOSTICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)
(in thousands)

Non-cash investing activities:

Transfer of instruments from inventory to property and equipment

Supplemental cash flow information:

Interest paid
Income taxes paid, net of refunds

Years Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

$

$
$

3,361 $

4,767 $

4,288 $
41 $

2,001 $
651 $

—

—
—

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ACCELERATE DIAGNOSTICS, INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1. ORGANIZATION AND NATURE OF BUSINESS; BASIS OF PRESENTATION; PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. (“we” or “us” or “our” or “Accelerate” or “the Company”) is an in vitro  diagnostics  company  dedicated  to

providing solutions that improve patient outcomes and lower healthcare costs through the rapid diagnosis of serious infections.

Basis of Presentation

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting
principles, (“U.S. GAAP”), and applicable rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), regarding
annual financial reporting.

All amounts are rounded to the nearest thousand dollars unless otherwise indicated.

Principles of Consolidation

The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  the  Company  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  after  elimination  of

intercompany transactions and balances.

Reclassification

Certain  prior  year  amounts  have  been  reclassified  for  consistency  with  the  current  year  presentation  and  had  no  effect  on  our  net

income, stockholders’ equity (deficit) or cash flows.

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated
financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The more significant areas requiring the
use of management estimates and assumptions relate to accounts receivable, inventory, property and equipment, intangible assets, accrued
liabilities,  warranty  liabilities,  tax  valuation  accounts  and  equity–based  compensation.  Actual  results  could  differ  materially  from  those
estimates.

Estimated Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The  Company  follows  ASC  820,  Fair  Value  Measurement,  which  has  defined  fair  value  and  requires  the  Company  to  establish  a
framework for measuring fair value and disclose fair value measurements. The framework requires the valuation of assets and liabilities subject
to fair value measurements using a three tiered approach and fair value measurement be classified and disclosed in one of the following three
categories:

Level 1: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets

or liabilities;

Level 2: Quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs that

are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability;

Level 3: Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable

(i.e. supported by little or no market activity).

•

•

•

62

The carrying amounts of financial instruments such as cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, prepaid expenses, other
current  assets,  accounts  payable,  accrued  liabilities,  and  other  current  liabilities  approximate  the  related  fair  values  due  to  the  short-term
maturities of these instruments.

See Note  5,  Fair  Value  of  Financial  Instruments,  for  further  information  and  related  disclosures  regarding  the  Company’s  fair  value

measurements.

The  estimated  fair  value  of  the  Company’s  long-term  debt  represents  a  Level  2  measurement.  See Note  11,  Convertible  Notes  for

further detail on the Company’s long-term debt.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

All highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at time of purchase are considered to be cash equivalents.
Cash  and  cash  equivalents  include  overnight  repurchase  agreement  accounts  and  other  investments.  As  part  of  our  cash  management
process, excess operating cash is invested in overnight repurchase agreements with our bank. Repurchase agreements and other investments
classified  as  cash  and  cash  equivalents  are  not  deposits  and  are  not  insured  by  the  U.S.  Government,  the  FDIC  or  any  other  government
agency  and  involve  investment  risk  including  possible  loss  of  principal.  We  believe  however,  that  the  market  risk  arising  from  holding  these
financial instruments is minimal.

Investments

The Company invests in various investments which are primarily held in the custody of major financial institutions. Investments consist
of certificates of deposit, U.S. government and agency securities, commercial paper, asset-backed securities, and corporate notes and bonds.
Management classifies its investments as available-for-sale investments and records these investments in the consolidated balance sheet at
fair  value.  The  Company  considers  all  available-for-sale  securities,  including  those  with  maturity  dates  beyond  12  months,  as  available  to
support  current  operational  liquidity  needs.  Unrealized  gains  or  losses  for  available-for-sale  securities  are  included  in  accumulated  other
comprehensive income (loss), a component of stockholders’ equity (deficit). The Company classifies its investments as current based on the
nature of the investments and their availability for use in current operations.

The Company assesses whether an other-than-temporary impairment loss has occurred due to declines in fair value or other market
conditions when an investment’s fair value remains less than its cost for more than twelve months. This assessment includes a determination of
whether  the  investment  is  expected  to  recover  in  value  and  whether  the  Company  has  the  intent  and  ability  to  hold  the  investment  until  the
anticipated recovery in value occurs. When an investment is identified as having an other-than-temporary impairment loss, we adjust the cost
basis of the investment down to fair value resulting in a realized loss. The new cost basis is not changed for subsequent recoveries in fair value
and temporary future increases or decreases in fair value are included in other comprehensive income (loss).

Inventory

Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The Company determines the cost of inventory using the first-in, first out
method. The Company estimates the recoverability of inventory by reference to internal estimates of future demands and product life cycles,
including expiration. The Company periodically analyzes its inventory levels to identify inventory that may expire prior to expected sale or has a
cost basis in excess of its estimated realizable value and records a charge to expense for such inventory as appropriate.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consist of amounts due to the Company for sales to customers and are recorded net of an allowance for doubtful
accounts. Receivables are written off if reasonable collection efforts prove unsuccessful. The Company provides for allowances on a specific
account basis by recording charges to bad debt expense reported in sales, general, and administrative expenses. No allowance was recorded
at December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred and expenditures for major

improvements are capitalized. Gains and losses from retirement or replacement are

63

included in costs and expenses. Depreciation of property and equipment is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful
life of the assets, ranging from one to seven years . Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the remaining life of the lease or the life of
the asset, whichever is less.

Instruments Classified as Property and Equipment

Property  and  equipment  includes  Accelerate  Pheno  systems  (also  referred  to  as  instruments)  used  for  sales  demonstrations,
instruments under rental agreements and instruments used for research and development. Depreciation expense for instruments used for sales
demonstrations  is  recorded  as  a  component  of  sales,  general  and  administrative  expense.  Depreciation  expense  for  instruments  placed  at
customer sites pursuant to reagent rental agreements is recorded as a component of cost of sales. Depreciation expense for instruments used
in  our  laboratory  and  research  is  recorded  as  a  component  of  research  and  development  expense.  The  Company  retains  title  to  these
instruments and depreciates them over five years. Losses from the retirement of returned instruments are included in costs and expenses.

The  Company  evaluates  the  recoverability  of  the  carrying  amount  of  its  instruments  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances
indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable, and at least annually. This evaluation is based on our estimate of future
cash flows and the estimated fair value of such long-lived assets, and provides for impairment if such undiscounted cash flows or the estimated
fair value are insufficient to recover the carrying amount of instruments.

During  2019,  the  Company  identified  potential  impairment  indicators  related  to  instruments  installed  at  customer  sites  under  rental
agreement that have not yet generated revenue and the length of time from when these instruments are installed to when revenue is initially
generated. The Company’s evaluation for impairment included consideration of the cash flows of current revenue generating instruments, the
length of time to recover the carrying value, the historical rate of returned instruments from customers and the Company’s ability to resell or
repurpose used instruments. As a result of the Company’s evaluation, no impairment charges were recorded at December 31, 2019 and 2018.

See Note 8, Property and Equipment, for further information and related disclosures.

Long-lived Assets

Long-lived  assets  and  certain  identifiable  intangibles  to  be  held  and  used  by  the  Company  are  reviewed  for  impairment  whenever
events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  may  not  be  recoverable.  The  Company  continuously
evaluates the recoverability of its long-lived assets based on estimated future cash flows from and the estimated fair value of such long-lived
assets, and provides for impairment if such undiscounted cash flows or the estimated fair value are insufficient to recover the carrying amount
of the long-lived asset.

Warranty Reserve

Instruments are typically sold with a one year limited warranty, while kits and accessories are typically sold with a sixty days  limited
warranty.  Accordingly,  a  provision  for  the  estimated  cost  of  the  limited  warranty  repair  is  recorded  at  the  time  revenue  is  recognized.  Our
estimated  warranty  provision  is  based  on  our  estimate  of  future  repair  events  and  the  related  estimated  cost  of  repairs.  The  Company
periodically  assesses  the  adequacy  of  the  warranty  reserve  and  adjusts  the  amount  as  necessary.  The cost incurred for these provisions is
included in cost of sales on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Product warranty reserve activity for the years ended December 31 is as follows (in thousands):

Beginning balance
Provisions
Warranty cost incurred

64

2019

2018

2017

$

$

215 $
411
(223)

403 $

192 $
420
(397)

215 $

1
331
(140)

192

 
 
Convertible Notes

We account for convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash or equity upon conversion by separating the liability and equity
components  of  the  instruments  in  a  manner  that  reflects  our  nonconvertible  debt  borrowing  rate.  We  determined  the  carrying  amount  of  the
liability  component  of  the  Notes  by  using  estimates  and  assumptions  that  market  participants  would  use  in  pricing  a  debt  instrument.  These
estimates and assumptions are judgmental in nature and could have a significant impact on the determination of the debt component, and the
associated non-cash interest expense.

The equity component is treated as a discount on the liability component of the Notes, which is amortized over the term of the Notes
using the effective interest rate method. Debt issuance costs related to the Notes are allocated to the liability and equity components of the
Notes  based  on  their  relative  values.  Debt  issuance  costs  allocated  to  the  liability  component  are  amortized  over  the  life  of  the  Notes  as
additional  non-cash  interest  expense.  Transaction  costs  allocated  to  equity  are  netted  with  the  equity  component  of  the  convertible  debt
instrument in stockholders’ equity (deficit).

Revenue Recognition

The  Company  recognizes  revenue  when  control  of  the  promised  good  or  service  is  transferred  to  our  customers,  in  an  amount  that

reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. Sales taxes are excluded from revenues.

We determine revenue recognition through the following steps:

•

•

•

•

•

Identification of the contract with a customer

Identification of the performance obligations in the contract

Determination of the transaction price

Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations

Recognition of revenue as we satisfy a performance obligation

Product revenue is derived from the sale or rental of our instruments and sales of related consumable products. When an instrument is
sold, revenue is generally recognized upon installation of the unit consistent with contract terms, which do not include a right of return. When a
consumable product is sold, revenue is generally recognized upon shipment. Invoices are generally issued when revenue is recognized. Our
payment  terms  vary  by  the  type  and  location  of  our  customer  and  the  products  or  services  offered.  The  term  between  invoicing  and  when
payment is due is not significant.

Service  revenue  is  derived  from  the  sale  of  extended  service  agreements  which  are  generally  non-cancellable.  This  revenue  is
recognized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  contract  term  beginning  on  the  effective  date  of  the  contract  because  the  Company  is  standing
ready to provide services. Invoices are generally issued annually and coincide with the beginning of individual service terms.

Our  contracts  with  customers  may  include  multiple  performance  obligations.  For  such  arrangements,  we  allocate  revenue  to  each
performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price. We generally determine relative standalone selling prices based on the
price charged to customers for each individual performance obligation.

Sales  commissions  earned  by  our  sales  force  are  considered  incremental  and  recoverable  costs  of  obtaining  a  contract  with  a
customer. The Company has determined these costs would have an amortization period of less than one year and has elected to recognize
them as an expense when incurred. Contract asset opening and closing balances were immaterial for the year ended December 31, 2019.

65

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales includes cost of materials, direct labor, equity-based compensation, facility and other manufacturing overhead costs for
consumable  tests  and  instruments  sold  to  customers.  Cost  of  sales  for  instruments  also  includes  depreciation  on  revenue  generating
instruments that have been placed with our customers under a reagent rental agreement. Cost of sales includes repair and maintenance cost
for instruments covered by a service agreement or instruments covered by a reagent rental agreement. Cost of sales also includes warranty
related costs.

Shipping and Handling

Shipping and handling costs billed to customers are included as a component of revenue. The corresponding expense incurred with
third  party  carriers  is  included  as  a  component  of  sales,  general  and  administrative  costs  on  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations  and
comprehensive loss. Most such billable shipping and handling costs are incurred in connection with consumable test kits. Unlike test kits, for
instruments the Company typically pays for shipping and handling.

Leases

The Company accounts for leases in accordance with ASC 842, Leases, which was adopted on January 1, 2019. We determine if an
arrangement is or contains a lease and the type of lease at inception. The Company classifies leases as finance leases (lessee) or sales-type
leases (lessor) when there is either a transfer of ownership of the underlying asset by the end of the lease term, the lease contains an option to
purchase the asset that we are reasonably certain will be exercised, the lease term is for the major part of the remaining economic life of the
asset, the present value of the lease payments and any residual value guarantee equals or substantially exceeds all the fair value of the asset,
or the asset is of such a specialized nature that it will have no alternative use to the lessor at the end of the lease term. Payments contingent on
future  events  (i.e.  based  on  usage)  are  considered  variable  and  excluded  from  lease  payments  for  the  purposes  of  classification  and  initial
measurement. Several of our leases include options to renew or extend the term upon mutual agreement of the parties and others include one-
year extensions exercisable by the lessee. None of our leases contain residual value guarantees, restrictions, or covenants.

To determine whether a contract contains a lease, the Company uses its judgment in assessing whether the lessor retains a material
amount of economic benefit from an underlying asset, whether explicitly or implicitly identified, which party holds control over the direction and
use of the asset, and whether any substantive substitution rights over the asset exist.

Lessee

Operating  leases  are  included  in  right-of-use  (“ROU”)  assets  and  operating  lease  liabilities  within  our  consolidated  balance  sheets.
These  assets  represent  our  right  to  use  an  underlying  asset  for  the  lease  term  and  lease  liabilities  represent  our  obligation  to  make  lease
payments arising from the lease. ROU assets and their related liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of
lease payments over the lease term. Typically, we use our incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement in
determining the present value of lease payments. We use the implicit rate when readily determinable. ROU assets are net of lease payments
made and exclude lease incentives. Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term, which may
include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that we will exercise the option. As of adoption of ASC 842 and as
of December 31, 2019, the Company was not party to finance lease arrangements.

Our  leases  consist  primarily  of  leased  office,  factory,  and  laboratory  space  in  the  United  States  and  office  space  in  Europe,  have

between two and six-year terms, and typically contain penalizing, early-termination provisions.

Lessor

The  Company  leases  instruments  to  customers  under  “reagent  rental”  agreements,  whereby  the  customer  agrees  to  purchase
consumable  products  over  a  stated  term,  typically  five  years  or  less,  for  a  volume-based  price  that  includes  an  embedded  rental  for  the
instruments. When collectibility is probable, that amount is recognized as income at lease commencement for sales-type leases and as product
is shipped, typically in a straight–line pattern, over the term for operating leases, which typically include a termination without cause or penalty
provision given a short notice period.

66

Consideration is allocated between lease and non-lease components based on stand-alone selling price in accordance with ASC 606,

Revenue from Contracts with Customers.

Net investment in sales-type leases are included within our consolidated balance sheets as a component of other current assets and
other non-current assets, which include the present value of lease payments not yet received and the present value of the residual asset, which
are determined using the information available at commencement, including the lease term, estimated useful life, rate implicit in the lease, and
expected fair value of the instrument.

See Note 19, Leases for further information.

Equity-Based Compensation

The  Company  may  award  stock  options,  restricted  stock  units  (“RSUs”),  performance-based  options  and  other  equity-based
instruments to its employees, directors and consultants. Compensation cost related to equity-based instruments is based on the fair value of
the instrument on the grant date, and is recognized over the requisite service period on a straight-line basis over the vesting period for each
tranche  (an  accelerated  attribution  method)  except  for  performance-based  options.  Performance-based  stock  options  vest  based  on  the
achievement of performance targets. Compensation costs associated with performance-based option awards are recognized over the requisite
service period based on probability of achievement. Performance-based stock options require management to make assumptions regarding the
likelihood of achieving performance targets.

The Company estimates the fair value of service based and performance based stock option awards, including modifications of stock
option awards, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. This model derives the fair value of stock options based on certain assumptions
related to expected stock price volatility, expected option life, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield.

•

•

•

•

Volatility:  The  expected  volatility  is  based  on  the  historical  volatility  of  the  Company's  stock  price  over  the  most  recent  period
commensurate with the expected term of the stock option award.

Expected term: The estimated expected term for employee awards is based on the calculation published by the SEC in SAB110 for
use when there is not a sufficient history of employee exercise patterns. For consultant awards, the estimated expected term is the
same as the life of the award.

Risk-free  interest  rate:  The  risk-free  interest  rate  is  based  on  published  U.S.  Treasury  rates  for  a  term  commensurate  with  the
expected term.

Dividend yield: The dividend yield is estimated as zero as the Company has not paid dividends in the past and does not have any
plans to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future.

The Company records the fair value of RSUs or Stock Grants (“SGs”) based on published closing market price on the day before the

grant date.

The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur rather than on an estimated basis.

The  Company  also  has  an  employee  stock  purchase  program  whereby  eligible  employees  can  elect  payroll  deductions  that  are
subsequently used to purchase common stock at a discounted price. There is no compensation recorded for this program as (i) the purchase
discount  does  not  exceed  the  issuance  costs  that  would  have  been  incurred  to  raise  a  significant  amount  of  capital  by  a  public  offering,  (ii)
substantially  all  employees  that  meet  limited  employment  qualifications  may  participate  on  an  equitable  basis,  and  (iii)  the  plan  doesn't
incorporate option features that would require compensation to be recorded.

See Note 16, Employee and Consultant Equity-Based Compensation for further information.

Deferred Tax Assets

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for the estimated future tax effects of temporary differences between the tax basis of
assets and liabilities and amounts reported in the accompanying balance sheets. The change in deferred tax assets and liabilities for the period
represents the deferred tax provision or benefit for the period. Effects

67

of changes in enacted tax laws in deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected as an adjustment to the tax provision or benefit in the period of
enactment.

The  Company  follows  the  provisions  of  ASC  740,  Income  Taxes,  to  account  for  any  uncertainty  in  income  taxes  with  respect  to  the
accounting for all tax positions taken (or expected to be taken) on any income tax return. This guidance applies to all open tax periods in all tax
jurisdictions in which the Company is required to file an income tax return. Under U.S. GAAP, in order to recognize an uncertain tax benefit the
taxpayer must be more likely than not certain of sustaining the position, and the measurement of the benefit is calculated as the largest amount
that is more likely than not to be realized upon resolution of the position. Interest and penalties, if any, would be recorded within tax expense.

Foreign Currency Translation and Foreign Currency Transactions

Adjustments  resulting  from  translating  foreign  functional  currency  financial  statements  into  U.S.  Dollars  are  included  in  the  foreign
currency translation adjustment, a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss in the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity
(deficit).

The  Company  has  assets  and  liabilities,  including  receivables  and  payables,  which  are  denominated  in  currencies  other  than  their
functional currency. These balance sheet items are subject to re-measurement, the impact of which is recorded in foreign currency exchange
gain and loss, within the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

Loss Per Share

Basic loss per share includes no dilution and is computed by dividing loss available to common stockholders by the weighted average
number of common shares outstanding for the period. Potentially dilutive common shares consist of shares issuable from stock options and
unvested RSUs. Potentially dilutive common shares would also include common shares that would have been outstanding if notes convertible
at  the  balance  sheet  date  were  converted.  Diluted  earnings  are  not  presented  when  the  effect  of  adding  such  additional  common  shares  is
antidilutive.

See Note 15, Loss Per Share, for further information.

Comprehensive Loss

In addition to net loss, comprehensive loss includes all changes in equity during a period, except those resulting from investments by
and distributions to owners. The Company holds investments classified as available-for-sale securities and records the change in fair market
value  as  a  component  of  comprehensive  loss.  The  Company  also  has  adjustments  resulting  from  translating  foreign  functional  currency
financial statements into U.S. Dollars which is included as a component of comprehensive loss.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Standards that were adopted

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-02, Leases,
which  together  with  subsequent  amendments  is  included  in  ASC  842.  ASC  842  requires  a  lessee  to  recognize  a  liability  to  make  lease
payments  and  an  asset  with  respect  to  its  right  to  use  the  underlying  asset  for  the  lease  term.  ASC  842  also  addresses  accounting  and
reporting  by  lessors,  which  is  not  significantly  different  from  accounting  and  reporting  under  the  prior  standard,  and  further  provides  for
qualitative and quantitative disclosures. We adopted ASC 842 on January 1, 2019 using the optional transition method allowed by ASU 2018-
11. This optional transition method allowed the Company to apply the new leases standard at the adoption date and recognize a cumulative-
effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. For contracts where we are the lessee, we recorded
lease liabilities and right of use assets for contracts in effect on January 1, 2019 based on the facts and circumstances as of that date. The
Company elected not to reassess whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain leases, not to reassess the lease classification for
any expired or existing leases, not to reassess initial direct costs for any existing leases, and not to separate the lease components from the
non-lease components for all classes of underlying assets. No cumulative-effect adjustment was recorded to the opening balance of retained
earnings. We recognized right of use assets and lessee lease liabilities of $0.6 million with respect to operating leases where we are the lessee
on January 1, 2019.

68

In  June  2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2018-07,  Compensation  -  Stock  Compensation  (Topic  718);  Improvements  to  Nonemployee
Share-Based  Payment  Accounting.  ASU  2018-07  simplifies  the  accounting  for  share-based  payments  made  to  nonemployees  so  the
accounting for such payments is substantially the same as those made to employees. Under this ASU, share-based awards to nonemployees
will be measured at fair value on the grant date of the awards, entities will need to assess the probability of satisfying performance conditions if
any  are  present,  and  awards  will  continue  to  be  classified  according  to  ASC  718  upon  vesting,  which  eliminates  the  need  to  reassess
classification upon vesting, consistent with awards granted to employees. The Company adopted ASU 2018-07 on January 1, 2019, which had
no impact to our consolidated financial statements as all share-based awards granted to nonemployees are fully vested.

In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-02, Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220); Reclassification
of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (AOCI). ASU 2018-02 allows a reclassification from accumulated other
comprehensive income to retained earnings for tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) that the FASB refers to as
having been stranded in AOCI. The Company adopted ASU 2018-02 on January 1, 2019, which had no impact to our consolidated financial
statements as no amounts were reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings for tax effects resulting from
the Tax Act.

In  March  2017,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2017-08,  Receivable  -  Nonrefundable  Fees  and  Other  Costs  (Topic  310-20);  Premium
Amortization on Purchased Callable Debt Securities. ASU 2017-08 shortens the amortization period for certain callable debt securities held at a
premium.  Specifically,  the  amendment  requires  premiums  to  be  amortized  to  the  earliest  call  date.  The  amendments  do  not  require  an
accounting change for securities held at a discount; the discount continues to be amortized to maturity. The amendments should be applied on
a modified retrospective basis, with a cumulative-effect adjustment directly to retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption.
The Company adopted ASU 2017-08 on January 1, 2019, which had no impact to our consolidated financial statements.

Standards not yet adopted

In  December  2019,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2019-12,  Income  Taxes  (Topic  740);  Simplifying  the  Accounting  for  Income  Taxes.  ASU
2019-12 reduces complexity in the accounting standard. This ASU is effective for us on January 1, 2021, with early adoption permitted. We are
currently assessing the impact this will have on our consolidated financial statements.

In  August  2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2018-13,  Fair  Value  Measurement  (Topic  820);  Disclosure  Framework  -  Changes  to  the
Disclosure  Requirements  for  Fair  Value  Measurement.  ASU  2018-13  modifies,  among  other  things,  the  disclosures  required  for  Level  3  fair
value  measurements,  including  the  range  and  weighted  average  of  significant  unobservable  inputs.  The  guidance  removes,  among  other
things, the disclosure requirement to disclose transfers between Levels 1 and 2. Level 3 fair value measurement disclosures should be applied
prospectively while all other amendments should be applied retrospectively. This ASU is effective for us on January 1, 2020, with early adoption
permitted. The Company does not expect the guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements, as the Company did
not carry Level 3 fair value items at December 31, 2019, and has not historically had transfers between levels.

In  June  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-13,  Financial  Instruments-Credit  Losses  (Topic  326);  Measurement  of  Credit  Losses  on
Financial  Instruments.  In  November  2018,  ASU  2018-19  was  issued  which  amended  the  standard  to  clarify  that  receivables  arising  from
operating  leases  are  within  the  scope  of  lease  accounting  standards.  Further,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2019-04,  2019-05,  2019-10  and  ASU
2019-11  to  provide  additional  guidance  on  the  credit  losses  standard.  ASU  2016-13  amends  the  guidance  on  measuring  credit  losses  on
financial assets (including trade accounts receivable and available for sale debt securities) held at amortized cost. Currently, an “incurred loss”
methodology  is  used  for  recognizing  credit  losses  which  delays  recognition  until  it  is  probable  a  loss  has  been  incurred.  The  amendment
requires  assets  valued  at  amortized  cost  to  be  presented  at  the  net  amount  expected  to  be  collected  using  an  allowance  for  credit  losses.
Reversal of credit losses on available for sale debt securities will be recorded in the current period net income. This ASU is effective for us on
January  1,  2020,  with  early  adoption  permitted.  The  Company  has  identified  available  for  sale  debt  securities,  trade  receivables,  and
investment in leases within the scope of ASU 2016-13. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of trade receivables and investments in
leases  at  January  1,  2020,  and  believes  the  impact  on  available  for  sale  debt  securities  will  not  have  a  material  impact  on  the  Company's
consolidated financial statements at January 1, 2020.

69

NOTE 3. CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash equivalents, short-

term investments and accounts receivable, including receivables from major customers.

The Company has financial institutions for banking operations that hold 10% or more of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents. As
of  December  31,  2019,  two  of  the  Company's  financial  institutions  held  73%  and  18%  of  the  Company’s  cash  and  cash  equivalents,
respectively.  As  of  December  31,  2018,  two  of  the  Company's  financial  institutions  held  46%  and  43%  of  the  Company’s  cash  and  cash
equivalents, respectively.

The  Company  grants  credit  to  domestic  and  international  clients  in  various  industries.  Exposure to losses on accounts receivable is
principally  dependent  on  each  client's  financial  position.  The  Company  had  one  customer  that  accounted  for  11%  of  the  Company’s  net
accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2019, and one customer that accounted for 10% of the Company's net accounts receivable
balance as of December 31, 2018.

Customers who represented 10% or more of the Company’s total revenue consisted of the following at December 31:

Customer A
Customer B

* Less than 10% for the period indicated

NOTE 4. FDA CLEARANCE

2019

*
*

2018

*
*

2017

18%
13%

On January 1, 2017, the regulatory review process had progressed to a point that objective and persuasive evidence of approval was
sufficiently probable and a future economic benefit existed. Inventory produced after that date has been capitalized, and before that date has
been expensed. On February 23, 2017, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) granted Accelerate’s de novo request to market the
Accelerate  Pheno  system  and  Accelerate  PhenoTest  BC  kit  for  identification  and  antibiotic  susceptibility  testing  of  pathogens  directly  from
positive blood culture samples.

70

 
NOTE 5. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The following tables represent the financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis on the financial statements of the
Company  and  the  valuation  approach  applied  to  each  class  of  financial  instruments  at  December  31  (see  Note  2,  Summary  of  Significant
Accounting Policies for further information):

2019

(in thousands)

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)

Significant
Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

Total

$

$

43,745 $
—
—

43,745 $

—
12,579
—
—
—

12,579

— $

1,993
1,006

2,999 $

5,663
—
3,998
2,491
22,706

34,858

— $
—
—

— $

—
—
—
—
—

—

Assets:

Cash and cash equivalents:

Money market funds
Commercial paper
Corporate notes and bonds

Total cash and cash equivalents

Investments:

Certificates of deposit
US Treasury securities
US Agency securities
Commercial paper
Corporate notes and bonds

Total investments

Total assets measured at fair value

$

56,324 $

37,857 $

— $

43,745
1,993
1,006

46,744

5,663
12,579
3,998
2,491
22,706

47,437

94,181

2018

(in thousands)

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)

Significant
Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

Total

Assets:

Cash and cash equivalents:

Money market funds
Commercial paper

Total cash and cash equivalents

Investments:

Certificates of deposit
US Treasury securities
US Agency securities
Commercial paper
Asset-backed securities
Corporate notes and bonds

Total investments

$

$

38,444 $
—

38,444 $

— $

1,493

1,493 $

—
22,120
—
—
—
—

22,120

10,787
—
7,980
17,025
11,998
30,308

78,098

— $
—

— $

—
—
—
—
—
—

—

Total assets measured at fair value

$

60,564 $

79,591 $

— $

71

38,444
1,493

39,937

10,787
22,120
7,980
17,025
11,998
30,308

100,218

140,155

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Highly  liquid  investments  with  an  original  maturity  of  three  months  or  less  at  time  of  purchase  are  included  in  cash  and  cash

equivalents on the consolidated balance sheet.

Level  1  assets  are  priced  using  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  for  identical  assets  which  include  money  market  funds  and  U.S.

Treasury securities as these specific assets are liquid.

Level 2 available-for-sale securities are priced using quoted market prices for similar instruments or nonbinding market prices that are
corroborated by observable market data. The Company uses inputs such as actual trade data, benchmark yields, broker/dealer quotes, and
other similar data, which are obtained from quoted market prices, independent pricing vendors, or other sources, to determine the ultimate fair
value of these assets and liabilities. The Company uses such pricing data as the primary input to make its assessments and determinations as
to the ultimate valuation of its investment portfolio and has not made, during the periods presented, any material adjustments to such inputs.
There were no transfers between levels during the year ended December 31, 2019.

On  March  27,  2018,  the  Company  issued  $150  million  aggregate  principal  amount  of  2.50%  Convertible  Senior  Notes  due  2023
(“Notes”). In connection with the offering of the Notes, the Company granted the initial purchasers of the Notes a 13-day option to purchase up
to an additional $22.5 million  aggregate  principal  amount  of  the  Notes  on  the  same  terms  and  conditions.  On April  4,  2018  the  option  was
partially  exercised,  which  resulted  in  $21.5  million  of  additional  proceeds,  for  total  proceeds  of  $171.5  million,  as  described  in  Note  11,
Convertible  Notes.  As  of  December  31,  2019  and  2018,  the  calculated  fair  value  of  the  Notes  were  $133.8  million  and  $121.4  million,
respectively. The Notes are highly correlated to the Company’s stock price and as a result, significant changes to the Company’s stock price
will have a significant impact on the calculated fair value of the Notes. The fair value of the Notes are classified as Level 2 within the fair value
hierarchy.

For  certain  other  financial  assets  and  liabilities,  including  accounts  receivable,  accounts  payable  and  other  current  liabilities,  the

carrying amounts approximate their fair value due to the relatively short maturity of these balances.

NOTE 6. INVESTMENTS

The following tables summarize the Company’s available-for-sale investments at December 31 (in thousands):

AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE INVESTMENTS
2019
(in thousands)

Amortized
Cost

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

Fair Value

$

$

5,646 $

12,564
4,002
2,492
22,711

47,415 $

17 $
16
—
—
6

39 $

— $
(1)
(4)
(1)
(11)

(17) $

5,663
12,579
3,998
2,491
22,706

47,437

Certificates of deposit
US Treasury securities
US Agency securities
Commercial paper
Corporate notes and bonds

Total

72

 
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE INVESTMENTS
2018
(in thousands)

Amortized Cost

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

Fair Value

$

$

10,787 $
22,185
8,024
17,025
12,007
30,361

100,389 $

— $
1
1
—
—
—

2 $

— $
(66)
(45)
—
(9)
(53)

10,787
22,120
7,980
17,025
11,998
30,308

(173) $

100,218

Certificates of deposit
US Treasury securities
US Agency securities
Commercial paper
Asset-backed securities
Corporate notes and bonds

Total

The following table summarizes the maturities of the Company’s available-for-sale securities at December 31 (in thousands):

AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE INVESTMENT MATURITIES

(in thousands)

2019

2018

Amortized
Cost

Fair Value

Amortized
Cost

Fair Value

$

$

43,627 $
3,788

47,415 $

43,650 $
3,787

47,437 $

83,030 $
17,359

100,389 $

82,893
17,325

100,218

Due in less than 1 year
Due in 1-5 years

Total

Proceeds from sales of marketable securities (including principal paydowns) for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 were
$14.5 million and $3.0 million, respectively. The Company determines gains and losses of marketable securities based on specific identification
of the securities sold. There were no material realized gains or losses from sales of marketable securities for the years ended December 31,
2019, 2018 and 2017. No material balances were reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31,
2019, 2018 and 2017.

The  Company  monitors  investments  for  other-than-temporary  impairment.  It  was  determined  that  unrealized  gains  and  losses  as  of
December 31, 2019 and 2018 are temporary in nature because the change in market value for those securities has resulted from fluctuating
interest rates rather than a deterioration of the credit worthiness of the issuers. The Company does not intend to sell these investments and it is
more likely than not that we will not be required to sell investments before recovering the amortized cost.

Additional information regarding the fair value of our financial instruments is included in Note 5, Fair Value of Financial Instruments.

NOTE 7. INVENTORY

Inventories consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

Raw materials
Work in process
Finished goods

Inventory

73

2019

2018

4,854 $
1,561
1,644

8,059 $

4,064
495
3,187

7,746

$

$

 
 
 
 
NOTE 8. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands).

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
(in thousands)

Computer equipment
Technical equipment
Facilities
Instruments
Capital projects in progress

Total property and equipment
Accumulated depreciation

Net property and equipment

2019

2018

2,477 $
3,681
3,883
7,491
238

17,770 $
(9,865)

7,905 $

2,700
3,868
4,037
5,318
91

16,014
(8,711)

7,303

$

$

$

Depreciation  expense  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2019,  2018  and  2017  was  $2.3  million,  $2.5  million  and  $2.2  million,

respectively.

Gross assets where the Company is the lessor under operating leases is $4.6 million at December 31, 2019. These gross assets are a
component of instruments in the above table. The underlying accumulated depreciation for these instruments is $0.8 million at December 31,
2019.

During the year ended December 31, 2018, $1.9 million of instruments in the field were reclassified out of inventory and into property
and  equipment,  which  included  $0.1 million  of  instruments  in  the  field  as  a  component  of  inventory  at  December  31,  2017.  These  transfers
were the result of a change in the Company’s principal acquisition model of outright sales of instruments, to placing instruments with customers
and recovering that cost through the sale of test kits pursuant to reagent rental agreements. The reclassification from inventory to property and
equipment  did  not  have  an  effect  on  prior  period  net  income,  and  these  instruments  started  being  depreciated  on  the  day  they  were
reclassified.

NOTE 9. LICENSE AGREEMENTS AND GRANTS

National Institute of Health Grant

In February 2015, the National Institute of Health awarded Denver Health and the Company a five-year, $5.0 million grant to develop a
fast  and  reliable  identification  and  categorical  susceptibility  test  for  carbapenem-resistant  Enterobacteriaceae  directly  from  whole  blood.  The
cumulative award amount under these subawards is $1.3 million. The amounts invoiced for the years ended December  31,  2019, 2018  and
2017 was $0.3 million, $0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

Arizona Commerce Authority Grant

In  August  2012,  the  Company  entered  into  a  Grant  Agreement  (the  “Grant  Agreement”)  with  the  Arizona  Commerce  Authority,  an
agency of the State of Arizona (the “Authority”), pursuant to which the Authority provided certain state and county sponsored incentives for the
Company to relocate its corporate headquarters to, and expand its business within, the State of Arizona (the “Project”). Pursuant to the Grant
Agreement,  the  Authority  agreed  to  provide  a  total  grant  in  the  amount  of  $1.0  million  (the  “Grant”)  for  the  use  by  the  Company  in  the
advancement  of  the  Project.  The  Grant  is  payable  out  of  an  escrow  account  in  four  installments,  upon  the  achievement  of  the  following
milestones:

• Milestone 1 – Relocation of Company’s operations and corporate headquarters to Arizona and creation of 15 Qualified Jobs (as

defined below).

• Milestone 2 – Creation of 30 Qualified Jobs (including Qualified Jobs under Milestone 1).

74

 
• Milestone 3 – Creation of 40 Qualified Jobs (including Qualified Jobs under Milestones 1 and 2).

• Milestone  4  –  Creation  of  65  Qualified  Jobs  (including  Qualified  Jobs  under  Milestones  1,  2  and  3)  and  capital  investment  of  at

least $4.5 million.

For  purposes  of  the  Grant  Agreement,  a  “Qualified  Job”  is  a  job  that  is  permanent,  full-time,  new  to  Arizona,  and  for  which  the
Company  pays  average  (across  all  Qualified  Jobs  identified  by  the  Company  in  its  discretion)  annual  wages  of  at  least  $63,000  and  offers
health insurance benefits and pays at least 65% of the premiums associated with such benefits. The amount of each installment payment will
be determined in accordance with a formula specified in the Grant Agreement. The Grant Agreement also contains other customary provisions,
including representations, warranties and covenants of both parties. As of December 31, 2017, the full amount was collected and recorded in
current deferred revenue and income.

In January 2018, the full amount was recognized due to the economic development provisions of the grant being satisfied in full, with

the “claw-back” provisions expiring. The $1.0 million was recognized as an offset to expense.

NOTE 10. DEFERRED REVENUE, INCOME AND REMAINING PERFORMANCE OBLIGATIONS

Deferred  revenue  consists  of  amounts  received  for  products  or  services  not  yet  delivered  or  earned.  Deferred  income  consists  of
amounts received for commitments not yet fulfilled. If we anticipate that the revenue or income will not be earned within the following twelve
months, the amount is reported as long-term deferred income. A summary of the balances as of December 31 follows (in thousands):

Products and services not yet delivered

Deferred revenue

2019

2018

$

$

271 $

271 $

217

217

We recognized $200,000 and $26,000 of revenues during the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively,
that  were  included  in  the  contract  liabilities  balances  at  the  beginning  of  the  period.  No  material  amount  of  revenue  recognized  during  the
current period was from performance obligations satisfied in prior periods.

Transaction Price Allocated to Remaining Performance Obligations

As of December 31, 2019, $3.2 million of revenue is expected to be recognized from remaining performance obligations. This balance
primarily  relates  to  executed  service  contracts  that  begin  as  warranty  periods  expire.  These  service  contracts  typically  provide  for  four-year
terms  and  revenue  is  recognized  on  a  straight-line  basis.  The  balance  also  includes  product  shipments  for  reagent  rental,  sales-type  lease
agreements. These agreements have between two and four year terms and revenue is recognized as product is shipped, typically in a straight-
line pattern.

ASC  606,  Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers,  allows  Companies  to  elect  practical  expedients.  The  Company  elects  not  to
disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for (i) contracts with an expected length of one year or less and (ii) contracts for which
we recognize revenue at the amount to which we have the right to invoice for services performed.

NOTE 11. CONVERTIBLE NOTES

On March 27, 2018, the Company issued $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of 2.50% Senior Convertible Notes due 2023. In
connection  with  the  offering  of  the  Notes,  the  Company  granted  the  initial  purchasers  of  the  Notes  a  13-day  option  to  purchase  up  to  an
additional $22.5 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes on the same terms and conditions. On April 4, 2018 the option was partially
exercised,  which  resulted  in  $21.5 million  of  additional  proceeds,  for  total  proceeds  of  $171.5 million. The  Notes  are  the  Company's  senior
unsecured obligations and mature on March 15, 2023  (the  “Maturity  Date”),  unless  earlier  repurchased  or  converted  into  shares  of  common
stock  under  certain  circumstances  described  below.  The  Notes  are  convertible  into  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock,  can  be
repurchased for cash, or a combination thereof, at the Company’s election, at an initial conversion rate of 32.3428 shares of common stock per
$1,000 principal amount of the Notes, which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $30.92 per share of common stock,
subject to adjustment. The Company will pay interest on

75

 
the Notes semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year.

The  $171.5  million  of  proceeds  received  from  the  issuance  of  the  Notes  were  allocated  between  long-term  debt  (the  “liability
component”) of $116.6 million and contributed capital (the “equity component”) of $54.9 million. The fair value of the liability component was
measured  using  rates  determined  for  similar  debt  instruments  without  a  conversion  feature.  The  carrying  amount  of  the  equity  component,
representing the conversion option, was determined by deducting the fair value of the liability component from the aggregate face value of the
Notes. The  liability  component  will  be  accreted  up  to  the  face  value  of  the  Notes  of  $171.5 million,  which  will  result  in  additional  non-cash
interest expense being recognized through the Maturity Date. The equity component will not be remeasured as long as it continues to meet the
conditions for equity classification.

The Company incurred approximately $5.0 million of issuance costs related to the issuance of the Notes, of which $3.4 million and $1.6
million were recorded to long-term debt and contributed capital, respectively. The $3.4 million of issuance costs recorded as long-term debt on
the consolidated balance sheet are being amortized over the five-year contractual term of the Notes using the effective interest method. The
effective interest rate on the Notes, including accretion of the Notes to par and debt issuance cost amortization, is 11.52%.

The Notes include customary terms and covenants, including certain events of default upon which the Notes may be due and payable
immediately. Holders have the option to convert the Notes in multiples of $1,000 principal amount at any time prior to December 15, 2022, but
only in the following circumstances:

•

•

•

if the Company’s stock price exceeds 130% of the conversion price for 20 of the last 30 trading days of any calendar quarter after
June 30, 2018;

during the 5 business day period after any 5 consecutive trading day period in which the Notes’ trading price is less than 98% of
the product of the common stock price times the conversion rate; or

the occurrence of certain corporate events, such as a change of control, merger or liquidation.

At  any  time  on  or  after  December  15,  2022,  a  holder  may  convert  its  Notes  in  multiples  of  $1,000 principal amount. Holders  of  the
Notes who convert their Notes in connection with a make-whole fundamental change (as defined in the Indenture pursuant to which the Notes
were issued) are, under certain circumstances, entitled to an increase in the conversion rate. In addition, in the event of a fundamental change
or event of default prior to the Maturity Date, holders will, subject to certain conditions, have the right, at their option, to require the Company to
repurchase for cash all or part of the Notes at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased, plus
accrued and unpaid interest up to, but excluding, the repurchase date.

The Notes consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

Outstanding principal
Unamortized debt discount
Unamortized debt issuance

Net carrying amount of the liability component

2019

2018

171,500 $
(39,042)
(2,415)

130,043 $

171,500
(48,430)
(2,996)

120,074

$

$

The Company recorded $4.3 million and $3.3 million for contractual coupon interest for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018,
respectively. The  Company  also  recorded  $0.6 million  and  $0.4 million  for  amortization  of  debt  issuance  for  the  years  ended  December 31,
2019 and 2018, respectively. Amortization of the debt discount for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $9.4 million  and  $6.5
million, respectively. As of December 31, 2019, no Notes were convertible pursuant to their terms.

In connection with the debt issuance, the Company entered into a prepaid forward stock repurchase transaction (“Prepaid Forward”)
with a financial institution (“Forward Counterparty”). Pursuant to the Prepaid Forward, the Company used approximately $45.1 million of the net
proceeds  from  its  issuance  of  the  Notes  to  fund  the  Prepaid  Forward.  The  aggregate  number  of  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock
underlying the Prepaid Forward was approximately 1,858,500. The expiration date for the Prepaid Forward is March 15, 2023, although it may
be settled earlier in whole

76

 
or in part. Upon  settlement  of  the  Prepaid  Forward,  at  expiration  or  upon  any  early  settlement,  the  Forward  Counterparty  will  deliver  to  the
Company  the  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  underlying  the  Prepaid  Forward  or  the  portion  thereof  being  settled  early.  The  shares
purchased under the Prepaid Forward are treated as treasury stock and not outstanding for purposes of the calculation of basic and diluted
earnings per share, but will remain outstanding for corporate law purposes, including for purposes of any future stockholders’ votes, until the
Forward Counterparty delivers the shares underlying the Prepaid Forward to the Company. The Company’s Prepaid Forward hedge transaction
exposes  the  Company  to  credit  risk  to  the  extent  that  its  counterparty  may  be  unable  to  meet  the  terms  of  the  transaction.  The  Company
mitigates this risk by limiting its counterparty to a major financial institution.

NOTE 12. STOCK PURCHASE

In 2012, we entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with Abeja Ventures, LLC (“Abeja”), pursuant to which the Company agreed
to sell and issue to Abeja at a purchase price of $1.03 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $14.4 million; (i) 14.0 million shares of the
Company’s common stock (“Common Stock”); (ii) a warrant to purchase 7.0 million shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.03 per
share (the “$1.03 Warrant”); and (iii) another warrant to purchase 7.0 million shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $2.00 per share
(the  “$2.00  Warrant”),  with  each  warrant  exercisable  prior  to  the  fifth  anniversary  of  the  closing  of  the  transactions  contemplated  by  the
Securities  Purchase  Agreement  (collectively,  the  “Investment”).  The  purchase  of  Common  Stock  and  warrants  pursuant  to  the  Investment,
which  was  consummated  in  June  2012,  qualified  for  equity  treatment.  The  respective  values  of  the  warrants  and  Common  Stock  were
calculated using their relative fair values and both are classified under Contributed Capital. The value therefore recorded for the warrants was
$5.9 million and for the Common Stock was $8.5 million. Both warrants were exercisable until June 26, 2017, which was the fifth anniversary of
the date on which the warrants were issued.

Prior  to  2017  all  of  the  $1.03  Warrant  were  exercised  in  full  and  none  were  outstanding.  Of  the  $2.00  Warrant,  415,871  were
outstanding at the beginning of 2017, of which 370,307 were exercised in the same period. This exercise of the $2.00 Warrant in 2017, resulted
in proceeds of $0.7 million, which was recorded as common stock and contributed capital in the consolidated balance sheet. In 2017, 45,564 of
the $2.00 Warrant expired unexercised resulting in no outstanding warrants at December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 .

NOTE 13. PUBLIC OFFERING

On May 15, 2017, the Company closed an underwritten public offering (the “Public Offering”) of 2,750,000 shares of its common stock
at a public offering price of $28.85 per share with underwriting discounts and commissions of $1.73 per share. In connection with the Public
Offering, the Company granted the underwriters of the Public Offering a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional 412,500 shares of its
common  stock  at  the  public  offering  price,  less  the  underwriting  discounts  and  commissions.  On  June  8,  2017,  the  underwriters  partially
exercised their option to purchase an additional 335,484 shares of common stock. The underwriters’ partial exercise of their option to purchase
additional shares resulted in a total of 3,085,484 shares of common stock sold in the Public Offering and total gross proceeds of $89.0 million
less underwriting discounts, commissions and other costs of $5.8 million, for net proceeds of $83.2 million to the Company.

NOTE 14. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTION

As discussed in Note 11, Convertible Notes the Company issued Notes in March 2018. As part of this issuance, an entity controlled by
one member of the Company's board of directors purchased an aggregate of $30.0 million of the Notes. In  2019,  this  affiliate  purchased  an
additional  $12.0  million  of  Notes  on  the  open  market.  The  affiliated  entity  is  a  Qualified  Institutional  Buyer  which  purchased  and  holds  an
aggregate of $42.0 million of the Notes at December 31, 2019.

On August 20, 2019, the Company and an entity affiliated with the Chief Operating Officer of the Company entered into a securities
purchase  agreement  (the  “Purchase  Agreement”)  for  the  issuance  and  sale  by  the  Company  of  an  aggregate  of  55,586  shares  of  the
Company’s common stock (the “Shares”) in an offering exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended,  and  Rule  506  promulgated  thereunder.  The  Shares  were  sold  at  a  purchase  price  (determined  in  accordance  with  Nasdaq  rules
relating to the “market value” of the shares) of $17.99  per  share,  which  was  equal  to  the  consolidated  closing  bid  price  reported  by  Nasdaq
immediately preceding the time the Company entered into the Purchase Agreement. The $1.0 million of proceeds were recorded to contributed
capital.

77

NOTE 15. LOSS PER SHARE

Basic net loss per common share was determined by dividing net loss applicable to common stockholders by the weighted average
common  shares  outstanding  during  the  period.  Basic  and  diluted  net  loss  per  share  are  the  same  because  all  outstanding  common  stock
equivalents have been excluded, as they are anti-dilutive due to the Company’s losses.

The  following  potentially  issuable  common  shares  were  not  included  in  the  computation  of  diluted  net  loss  per  share  because  they

would have an anti-dilutive effect due to net losses at of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

Shares issuable upon the release of restricted stock awards
Shares issuable upon exercise of stock options

2019

2018

2017

14
10,133

10,147

76
8,091

8,167

24
7,328

7,352

Potentially dilutive common shares would also include common shares that would be outstanding if Notes convertible at the balance
sheet date were converted. As discussed in Note 11, Convertible Notes, the Company issued $171.5 million of Notes due 2023. The Notes are
convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock, can be repurchased for cash, or a combination thereof, at the Company’s election, at
an initial conversion rate of 32.3428 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of the Notes. As of December 31, 2019, no Notes
were convertible pursuant to their terms. The maximum number of shares issuable upon conversion of the Notes is 5.5 million shares.

In  connection  with  the  Notes,  the  Company  entered  into  a  prepaid  forward  stock  repurchase  transaction.  The  aggregate  number  of
shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  underlying  the  Prepaid  Forward  was  approximately  1,858,500.  The  shares  purchased  under  the
Prepaid Forward are treated as treasury stock and not outstanding for purposes of the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share, but
will  remain  outstanding  for  corporate  law  purposes,  including  for  purposes  of  any  future  stockholders’  votes,  until  the  Forward  Counterparty
delivers the shares underlying the Prepaid Forward to the Company.

NOTE 16. EMPLOYEE AND CONSULTANT EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION

The Company has three equity based compensation plans, which are discussed below:

Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan

The Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan was a stockholder-approved plan. As of December 31, 2019, there were 280,000 options exercised
during the life of the plan and 0 that remain outstanding. The Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan has been replaced by the 2012 Omnibus Equity
Incentive Plan, so no further options are available for grant.

2004 Omnibus Stock Option Plan

In December 2004, the Company’s stockholders approved the Omnibus Stock Option Plan. Authorized shares in this plan were 5,500,000.
As  of  December  31,  2019, there were 813,644  options  exercised  during  the  life  of  the  plan  and  3,126,356  options  remain  outstanding.  The
2004 Omnibus Stock Option Plan has been replaced by the 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan, so no further options are available for grant.

2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan

In December 2012, the Company’s stockholders approved the Company’s 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan to replace all prior plans
(“Prior Plans”). The Prior Plans remain in effect until all awards granted under those plans have been exercised, forfeited, canceled, expired or
otherwise  terminated.  In  connection  with  the  approval  of  such  plan,  all  stock  options,  totaling  1,677,500  formerly  available  for  new  awards
under the Prior Plans were transferred to the 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan.

78

 
 
During  the  Company's  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders,  stockholders  approved  amendments  to  the  Company's  2012  Omnibus  Equity
Incentive Plan increasing the number of shares of Common Stock reserved and available for grant by 4,000,000  in  May  2014,  2,000,000 in
May 2017 and 3,000,000 in March 2019, resulting in a total of 10,677,500 reserved shares.

Stock options granted under this plan vest either (i) upon achievement of a specified performance goal, (ii) immediately, (iii) one year after
grant date, (iv) monthly over a one year period, (v) annually over a five year period, (vi) 50% two years after grant date and the remaining 50%
monthly  over  the  next  two  years,  or  (vii)  40%  two  years  after  grant  date  and  the  remaining  60%  monthly  over  the  next  three  years.  The
maximum term is ten years.

RSUs granted under this plan vest either (i) immediately, (ii) annually over a three year period, (iii) annually over a five year period, or (iv)

40% two years after grant date and the remaining 60% monthly over the next three years.

SGs granted under this plan vest immediately.

As of December 31, 2019, there were 1,207,258 options exercised and 54,329 RSUs and SGs issued, during the life of the plan. There

were 7,020,538 shares remaining outstanding, leaving 2,395,375 available for grant.

Combined Stock Option Plans

The  following  table  summarizes  option  activity  under  all  plans  during  the  years  ending  December  31,  2019,  and  2018  and  shows  the

exercisable shares as of December 31, 2019:

Stock Option Activity

Options Outstanding January 1, 2018
Granted
Forfeited
Exercised
Expired

Options Outstanding December 31, 2018
Granted
Forfeited
Exercised
Expired

Options Outstanding December 31, 2019
Exercisable December 31, 2019

Number of Shares

Weighted Average
Exercise Price per
Share

7,328,131 $
1,390,014
(230,779)
(357,373)
(39,357)

8,090,636
3,067,888
(533,503)
(383,319)
(109,140)

10,132,562
6,231,099

10.16
24.46
21.47
10.49
22.24

12.22
14.52
20.65
13.99
23.86

12.28
9.17

The cash received from the exercise of options during the year ending December 31, 2019 was $5.4 million and the tax benefit realized
was  $0  for  the  same  period.  Upon  exercise,  shares  are  issued  from  shares  authorized  and  held  in  reserve.  The  intrinsic  value  of  options
exercised was $2.3 million, $4.6 million and $12.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

The  total  fair  value  of  options  vesting  during  the  period  was  $9.9  million,  $13.4  million,  and  $12.0  million  for  the  years  ended

December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

79

 
The  Company  accounts  for  all  option  grants  using  the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model.  The  table  below  summarizes  the  inputs

used to calculate the estimated fair value of options awarded for the years ended December 31:

Expected term (in years)
Volatility
Expected dividends
Risk free interest rates
Estimated forfeitures
Weighted average fair value

Black-Scholes Assumptions for Options Granted

2019

2018

2017

6.28

60%
—
2.1%
—%

6.01

66%
—
2.7%
—%

6.23

77%
—
2.1%
—%

$

8.33

$

14.87

$

16.24

In general, option awards have a requisite service period and unvested options are forfeited upon employee or consultant termination.
In 2017, the Company implemented ASU 2016-09, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718); Improvements to Employee Share-Based
Payment Accounting, and made a policy election to account for forfeitures as they occur.

The following table shows summary information for outstanding options and options that are exercisable (vested) as of December 31,

2019:

Stock Option Supplemental Information

Number of options
Weighted average remaining contractual term (in years)
Weighted average exercise price
Weighted average fair value
Aggregate intrinsic value (in millions)

Options
Outstanding

Options
Exercisable

10,132,562
5.64
12.28 $
8.10 $
64.2 $

$
$
$

6,231,099
3.75
9.17
6.16
57.2

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pretax intrinsic value that would have been received by the option
holders had all option holders exercised their options on that date. It is calculated as the difference between the Company’s closing stock price
of $16.90  on  the  last  trading  day  of  2019  and  the  exercise  price  multiplied  by  the  number  of  shares  for  options  where  the  exercise  price  is
below the closing stock price. This amount changes based on the fair market value of the Company’s stock.

80

 
 
The following table summarizes RSU and SG activity during the years ending December 31, 2019 and 2018:

RSU and SG Activity

RSUs & SGs Outstanding January 1, 2018
Granted
Forfeited
Vested/released

RSUs & SGs outstanding December 31, 2018
Granted
Forfeited
Vested/released

RSUs & SGs outstanding December 31, 2019

Number of Shares

Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value per Share

24,150 $
76,000
—
(24,150)

76,000
11,000
(60,500)
(12,168)

14,332

20.91
17.33
—
16.58

18.70
20.32
19.74
17.43

16.66

The  total  fair  value  of  RSUs  and  SGs  vested  and  released  during  the  period  was  $0.2 million, $0.4 million,  and  $0.4  million  for  the

years ending December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

The Company records compensation cost based on the fair value of the award. The table below summarizes the weighted average fair

value of RSUs and SGs awarded for the years ending December 31:

Weighted average fair value

RSU and SG Grants

2019

2018

2017

$

20.32 $

17.33 $

22.40

The expense and tax benefits recognized on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss related to

options for the years ending December 31 (in thousands):

Equity-Based Compensation Expenses and Tax Benefit
(in thousands)

Cost of Sales
Research and development
Sales, general and administrative

Total equity-based compensation expense
Recognized tax benefit

2019

2018

2017

$

$
$

277 $

4,115
8,226

12,618 $
— $

189 $

4,760
9,473

14,422 $
— $

99
3,738
10,096

13,933
—

For years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, $0.4 million,$0.5 million and $0.5 million of share-based compensation cost was

capitalized to inventory or inventory transferred to property and equipment (also referred to as instruments), respectively.

As of December 31, 2019, unrecognized equity-based compensation cost related to unvested stock options, and unvested RSUs was

$24.0 million and $0.1 million, respectively. This is expected to be recognized over the years 2020 through 2024.

Included  in  the  above-noted  stock  option  grants  and  stock  compensation  expense  are  performance-based  stock  options  which  vest
only upon the achievement of certain targets. Performance-based options are generally granted at-the-money, contingently vest over a period
of 1 to 2 years, depending on the nature of the performance goal, and have contractual lives of 10 years. These  options  were  valued  in  the
same  manner  as  the  time-based  options,  with  the  assumption  that  performance  goals  will  be  achieved.  The  inputs  for  expected  volatility,
expected dividends,

81

 
 
and risk-free rate used in estimating those options’ fair value are the same as the time-based options issued under the plan. The expected term
for performance-based options granted in 2018 is 5 to 6 years. However,  the  Company  only  recognizes  stock  compensation  expense  to  the
extent that the targets are determined to be probable of being achieved, which triggers the vesting of the performance options.

In August 2018, the Company granted 225,000 performance based-options to certain employees. The performance obligations were
met  for  75,000  options  and  are  exercisable  as  of  as  of  December  31,  2019.  Of  the  225,000  performance  based-options  granted  100,000
performance based-options were forfeited for the performance targets not being achieved.

125,000 performance based-options were outstanding as of December 31, 2019, which included 50,000  performance  based-options
that  had  not  achieved  the  performance  targets  or  have  started  to  be  expensed.  No  performance  based-options  have  been  exercised  as  of
December  31,  2019.  The  Company  recognized  $0.1  million  and  $0.7  million  of  stock  compensation  expense  for  performance-based  stock
options for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

NOTE 17. INCOME TAXES

The components of the pretax loss from operations for the years ended December 31 are as follows (in thousands):

U.S. Domestic
Foreign

Net loss before income taxes

2019

2018

2017

$

$

(70,452) $
(13,964)

(84,416) $

(67,508) $
(20,607)

(88,115) $

(46,849)
(16,686)

(63,535)

The components of the provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31 is presented in the following table:

Current:

Federal
State
Foreign

Total current provision

Deferred:
Federal
State
Foreign

Total deferred provision

Total (benefit) provision

82

2019

2018

2017

$

— $
8
(119)

(111)

—
—
—

—

— $
14
197

211

—
—
—

—

$

(111) $

211 $

—
—
493

493

—
—
—

—

493

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred  income  taxes  reflect  the  net  tax  effects  of  temporary  differences  between  the  carrying  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  for
financial  reporting  purposes  and  the  amounts  used  for  income  tax  purposes.  Significant  components  of  the  Company’s  net  deferred  income
taxes for the years ended December 31 are as follows (in thousands):

Deferred tax assets:

Net operating loss carryforward
Property & equipment
Inventory
Stock options
Intangible assets, definite-lived
General business credit
Operating Lease Liability - ASC 842
Other

Total deferred income tax assets

Valuation allowance

Deferred tax assets

Deferred income tax liabilities:

Debt amortization
Right of use asset

Total deferred income tax liabilities

Net deferred income taxes

2019

2018

66,319 $
403
397
13,217
38
11,306
908
59

92,647
(81,946)

10,701 $

(9,793) $
(908) $

(10,701) $

53,189
648
395
11,473
40
9,300
—
47

75,092
(63,060)

12,032

(12,032)
—

(12,032)

— $

—

$

$

$
$

$

$

As  of  December  31,  2019,  the  Company  generated  regular  tax  federal  net  operating  losses  of  approximately  $273.9  million.  The
Company's ability to realize tax benefit from the net operating loss is subject to annual limitation under Internal Revenue Code Section 382.
The Company will never get the benefit of $4.2 million of the net operating losses generated prior to June 26, 2012. The deferred tax asset has
been  adjusted  to  reflect  the  Section  382  limitation.  The  net  operating  losses  available  for  future  use  are  approximately  $269.8 million.  As  a
result of the Tax Act, for U.S. income tax purposes, net operating losses generated prior to December 31, 2017 can still be carried forward for
up to 20 years, but net operating losses generated after December 31, 2018 carry forward indefinitely, but are limited to 80% utilization against
taxable income. Of our total federal net operating loss of $273.9 million, $170.6 million will begin to expire in 2023 and $103.3 million will not
expire but will only offset 80 percent of future taxable income.

As of December  31,  2019,  the  Company  has  generated  state  net  operating  losses  of  approximately  $253.9 million. The  Company's

state net operating losses will begin to expire in 2033.

The  net  deferred  tax  asset  valuation  allowance  is  $81.9  million  as  of  December  31,  2019,  compared  to  $63.1  million  as  of
December 31, 2018. The valuation allowance is based on management’s assessment that it is more likely than not that the Company will not
have taxable income in the foreseeable future. Due to the Company's consolidated loss position, the Company maintains a valuation allowance
against its net deferred tax assets.

During  2018,  the  Company  recognized  $14.0  million  of  the  initial  deferred  tax  liability  related  to  the  2018  convertible  debt  with  an
adjustment  to  equity  in  accordance  with  ASC  740.  The  establishment  of  the  deferred  tax  liability  resulted  in  the  reduction  of  the  Company's
valuation  allowance  on  existing  deferred  tax  assets.  The  Company  recorded  the  reduction  of  the  valuation  allowance  as  an  offsetting
adjustment  in  equity.  As  a  result,  no  net  entry  to  equity  was  recorded  for  the  2018  convertible  debt  in  2018.  Subsequent  changes  in  the
deferred tax liability related to the convertible debt are recorded as a component of income tax expense or benefits.

The Company began commercialization of its products in Europe in 2016 and has subsidiaries in the Netherlands, France, Germany,

Italy, Spain, Russia, and the United Kingdom. The Company intends to treat earnings from its foreign subsidiaries as permanently reinvested.

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The difference between the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate and the Company’s effective tax rate for years ending December 31

is as follows:

U.S. federal statutory income tax rate
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit
Permanent and other differences
Change in tax rates
Tax rate differential
Tax cuts and jobs act
Unrecognized tax benefits
Nondeductible equity and other compensation
Credit for increased research activities
Change in Valuation allowance

2019

2018

2017

(21.00)%
(3.83)
(0.25)
0.16
3.28
—
0.79
1.12
(2.80)
22.40

(0.13)%

(21.00)%
(3.07)
(0.26)
(0.41)
4.92
—
0.81
(0.17)
(3.12)
22.54

0.24 %

(34.00)%
(2.62)
(2.31)
(1.02)
8.99
38.46
1.20
(4.31)
(4.42)
0.81

0.78 %

The Company's uncertain tax positions at December 31 as follows (in thousands):

Balance at beginning of year
Increases for prior positions
Increases for current year positions
Other increases
Decreases due to settlements
Expiration of the statute of limitations for the assessment of taxes
Other decreases

Balance at end of year

$

$

2019

2018

2017

2,983 $
7
724
—
—
—
(2)

3,712 $

2,141 $
70
775
—
—
—
(3)

2,983 $

1,101
97
943
—
—
—
—

2,141

These uncertain positions are not expected to change within the next twelve months. Of the $3.7 million of uncertain tax positions, $0.1
million would impact the effective tax rate, if reversed. The Company accounts for interest on uncertain tax positions within tax expense. The
Company's  foreign  subsidiaries  are  subject  to  applicable  jurisdiction  examination  for  all  years  of  operations.  The  Company  did  not  accrue
interest or penalties for these uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2019.

The  Company  incurred  net  operating  losses  since  inception  that  are  subject  to  adjustment  under  IRS  and  state  examination.  The

Company has not experienced any adjustments to date and is not currently subject to audit in any jurisdiction.

NOTE 18. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Clinical Trial & Study Agreements

The Company has entered into master agreements with clinical trial and study sites in which we typically pay a set amount for start-up
costs and then pay for work performed. These agreements typically indemnify the clinical trial sites from any and all losses arising from third
party  claims  as  a  result  of  the  Company's  negligence,  willful  misconduct  or  misrepresentation.  The  expenses  for  start-up  costs  and  work
performed  for  these  trials  and  studies  is  recorded  as  research  and  development  or  sales,  general  and  administrative  expenses  on  the
Company's consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. No commitments were recorded in connection with indemnifying
these sites for losses.

84

 
 
 
NOTE 19. LEASES

The following presents supplemental information related to our leases in which we are the lessee for the year ended December  31,

2019 (in thousands):

Cash paid for amounts included in lease liabilities

Operating cash flows from operating leases

ROU assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations

Operating leases

Lease Cost

Operating leases
Short-term leases

2019

644

3,877

755
727

$

$

The weighted average remaining lease term on our operating leases is 5.3 years. The weighted average discount rate on those leases
is  7.0%.  Rent  expense  including  common  area  charges  was  $1.4  million  and  $1.3  million  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2018  and
December 31, 2017, respectively.

The following presents maturities of operating lease liabilities in which we are the lessee as of December 31, 2019 (in thousands):

2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
Thereafter

Total lease payments
Less imputed interest

2019

698
752
879
968
1,055
612

4,964
(935)

4,029

$

$

The net investment in sales-type leases, where we are the lessor, is a component of other current assets and other non-current assets
in  our  condensed  consolidated  balance  sheet.  As  of  December  31,  2019,  the  total  net  investment  in  these  leases  was  $1.0  million.  The
following presents maturities of lease receivables under sales-type leases as of December 31, 2019 (in thousands):

2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
Thereafter

Total undiscounted cash flows
Less imputed interest

Present value of lease payments

85

2019

375
288
231
69
25
—

988
(2)

986

$

$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 20. INDUSTRY, GEOGRAPHIC, AND REVENUE DISAGGREGATION

The  Company  operates  as  one  operating  segment.  Sales  to  customers  outside  the  U.S.  represented  28%,  27%  and  28%  of  total
revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, balances due from foreign
customers, in U.S. dollars, were $2.1 million and $0.9 million, respectively.

The following presents long-lived assets (excluding intangible assets) by geographic territory at December 31 (in thousands):

Domestic
Foreign

2019

2018

$

$

7,244 $
661

7,905 $

The following presents total net sales by geographic territory for the years ended December 31 (in thousands):

Domestic
Foreign

Net sales

2019

2018

2017

$

$

6,705 $
2,592

9,297 $

4,153 $
1,517

5,670 $

The following presents total net sales by line of business for the years ended December 31 (in thousands):

Accelerate Pheno™ revenue
Other revenue

Net sales

2019

2018

2017

$

$

9,132 $
165

9,297 $

5,547 $
123

5,670 $

The following presents total net sales by products and services for the years ended December 31 (in thousands):

Products
Services

Net sales

2019

2018

2017

$

$

8,839 $
458

9,297 $

5,576 $
94

5,670 $

6,309
994

7,303

3,016
1,161

4,177

4,057
120

4,177

4,157
20

4,177

Lease  income  included  in  net  sales  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019  was  $1.3  million,  which  does  not  represent  revenues
recognized from contracts with customers. Lease income included in net sales for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 is immaterial.

86

 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 21. SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

The  following  is  a  summary  of  unaudited  selected  quarterly  financial  information  for  the  three  months  ended  2019  (in  thousands,

except per share data):

Revenue
Gross profit
Loss from operations
Net loss
Basic and diluted net loss per share

December 31,

September 30,

June 30,

March 31,

$
$
$
$
$

3,470 $
1,513 $
(18,269) $
(21,335) $
(0.40) $

2,271 $
1,154 $
(17,653) $
(20,434) $
(0.37) $

1,806 $
899 $
(18,087) $
(20,815) $
(0.38) $

1,750
834
(18,822)
(21,721)
(0.40)

The  following  is  a  summary  of  unaudited  selected  quarterly  financial  information  for  the  three  months  ended  2018  (in  thousands,

except per share data):

Revenue
Gross profit
Loss from operations
Net loss
Basic and diluted net loss per share

December 31,

September 30,

June 30,

March 31,

$
$
$
$
$

1,822 $
524 $
(19,759) $
(22,191) $
(0.41) $

1,355 $
675 $
(19,369) $
(22,098) $
(0.41) $

1,692 $
975 $
(20,415) $
(23,225) $
(0.43) $

801
309
(20,826)
(20,812)
(0.37)

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Based  on  an  evaluation  under  the  supervision  and  with  the  participation  of  the  Company’s  management,  the  Company’s  Principal
Executive  Officer  and  Principal  Financial  Officer  have  concluded  that  the  Company’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  as  such  term  is
defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, were effective as of December 31, 2019, to ensure that information required
to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported
within  the  time  periods  specified  in  the  SEC’s  rules  and  forms  and  (ii)  accumulated  and  communicated  to  the  Company’s  management,
including its Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our  management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  as  such  term  is
defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide
reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  our  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in
accordance  with  U.S.  GAAP.  Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect
misstatements.  Therefore,  even  those  systems  determined  to  be  effective  can  provide  only  reasonable  assurance  with  respect  to  financial
statement  preparation  and  presentation.  Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that
controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the  policies  or  procedures  may
deteriorate.  Under  the  supervision  and  with  the  participation  of  our  management,  including  the  Company’s  Principal  Executive  Officer  and
Principal  Financial  Officer,  we  conducted  an  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  the
framework  in  Internal  Control-Integrated  Framework  (2013),  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway
Commission. Based on

87

 
 
this evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2019.

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019 has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, our
independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary
Data.

Attestation Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The attestation report of Ernst & Young LLP required under this Item 9A is contained in PART II, Item 8, Report of Independent Public

Accounting Firm of this Form 10-K.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required by Rule 13a-
15(d) under the Exchange Act during the quarter ended December 31, 2019, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially
affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

Not Applicable.

PART III

Certain  information  required  by  Part  III  is  omitted  from  this  Form  10-K  because  the  required  information  will  be  incorporated  by
reference to our definitive proxy statement for our 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A of
the Exchange Act (the “Proxy Statement”) not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Form 10-K.

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information required by this Item will be disclosed in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this Item will be disclosed in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this Item will be disclosed in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this Item will be disclosed in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information required by this Item will be disclosed in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement.

88

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

a)    Documents filed as part of this report
1)    All financial statements

PART IV

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2)    Financial Statement Schedules

Page

53
57
58
59
60
62

All  financial  statement  schedules  have  been  omitted,  since  the  required  information  is  not  applicable  or  because  the  information
required is included in the financial statements and notes thereto.

b)    Exhibits required by Item 601 of Registration S-K

The information required by this Item is set forth on the exhibit index preceding the signature page of this report.

89

 
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

None.

Exhibit No.

Description

Filing Information

EXHIBIT INDEX

3.1

Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant

3.1.1

3.1.2

3.1.3

Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of
Registrant

Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of
Registrant
Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of
Registrant

3.2

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

Specimen Common Stock Certificate

Indenture, dated March 27, 2018 between Registrant and
U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee
Form of 2.50% Convertible Senior Note due 2023 (included
in Exhibit 4.2)
Description of our Capital Stock Registered Pursuant to
Section 12 of the Securties Exchange Act of 1934

10.1*

Registrant’s 2004 Omnibus Stock Option Plan

Amendment to Registrant’s 2004 Omnibus Stock Option
Plan

Form of Stock Option Award Agreement under Registrant’s
2004 Omnibus Stock Option Plan

Registration Rights Agreement between Registrant and
Abeja Ventures, LLC, dated as of June 26, 2012

CFO Offer Letter between Registrant and Steve Reichling,
dated as of August 8, 2012

Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive
Plan (as amended by the First Amendment to the Accelr8
Technology Corporation 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan
and the Second Amendment to the Accelerate Diagnostics,
Inc. 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan)

Third Amendment to the Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. 2012
Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan

Fourth Amendment to the Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. 2012
Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan

10.1.1*

10.1.2*

10.2

10.3*

10.4*

10.4.1*

10.4.2*

90

Incorporated by reference to Appendix B of the Registrant’s
Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on
November 13, 2012
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the Registrant’s
Definitive Information Statement on Schedule 14C filed on
July 12, 2013
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 15, 2016
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 15, 2019
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 filed with the
Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 8-K for the fiscal year
ended August 8, 2019
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 filed with the
Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 2018
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2018
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2018

Filed herewith

Incorporated by reference to Appendix A of the Registrant’s
Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on
November 15, 2004
Incorporated by reference to Annex C of the Registrant’s
Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on May
17, 2012
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 filed with the
Registrant’s Form S-8 Registration Statement (No. 333-
182930) on July 30, 2012
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 filed with the
Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended July 31, 2012
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 filed with the
Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended July 31, 2012

Incorporated by reference to Appendix A of the Registrant’s
Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on April
10, 2017

Incorporated by reference to Appendix A of the Registrant’s
Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on April
10, 2017
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9.6 filed with the
Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended September 30, 2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.4.3*

10.4.4*

10.4.5*

10.4.6*

10.5

10.6*

Fifth Amendment to the Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. 2012
Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan
Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement under
the Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. 2012 Omnibus Equity
Incentive Plan
Form of Incentive Stock Option Award Agreement under the
Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive
Plan

UK Sub-Plan under the Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. 2012
Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan

Forward Stock Purchase Transaction, dated March 22, 2018,
between Registrant and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National
Association, London Branch
2019 Salary Waiver and Nonqualified Stock Option Grant
Plan

10.6.1*

Form of Salary Waiver Agreement

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 15, 2019
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Form S-8
Registration Statement (No. 333-187439) filed by the
Registrant on March 22, 2013
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to the Form S-8
Registration Statement (No. 333-187439) filed by the
Registrant on March 22, 2013
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9.7 filed with the
Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended September 30, 2018

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2018

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 28, 2018
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 28, 2018

10.7*

10.8*

21

23.1

31.1

31.2

32

101

101

101

101

101

101

Filed herewith

Filed herewith

Transition Agreement, Part-Time Employment Agreement,
and General Release of Claims between Lawrence Mehren
and the Registrant, dated December 1, 2019
Agreement between Registrant and Jack Phillips, dated as
of January 31, 2020
List of Subsidiaries
  Filed herewith
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   Filed herewith
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section
302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
Certificate of Principal Executive Officer and Principal
Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002
XBRL Instance Document

Filed herewith

Filed herewith

Filed herewith

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document

XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document

  Filed herewith
  Filed herewith
  Filed herewith
  Filed herewith
  Filed herewith
  Filed herewith

*    Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Report

to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

February 27, 2020

By: /s/ Jack Phillips

Jack Phillips
President and Chief Executive Officer

ACCELERATE DIAGNOSTICS, INC.

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Power of Attorney

KNOW  ALL  PERSONS  BY  THESE  PRESENTS,  that  each  person  whose  signature  appears  below  constitutes  and  appoints  Steve
Reichling, as his attorney-in-fact, with the power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Annual Report
on  Form  10-K,  and  to  file  the  same,  with  exhibits  thereto  and  other  documents  in  connection  therewith,  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue
hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on

behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ Jack Phillips
Jack Phillips

/s/ Steve Reichling
Steve Reichling

/s/ John Patience
John Patience

/s/ Jack Schuler
Jack Schuler

/s/ Matthew W. Strobeck, Ph.D.
Matthew W. Strobeck, Ph.D.

/s/ Frank ten Brink
Frank ten Brink

/s/ Mark Miller
Mark Miller

/s/ Charles Watts, M.D.
Charles Watts

/s/ Tom Brown
Tom Brown

/s/ Roland D Diggelmann
Roland D Diggelmann

/s/ Louise Francesconi
Louise Francesconi

92

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

February 27, 2020

Corporate Secretary, Chief Financial Officer and
Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)

February 27, 2020

Chairman of the Board of Directors

February 27, 2020

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

February 27, 2020

February 27, 2020

February 27, 2020

February 27, 2020

February 27, 2020

February 27, 2020

February 27, 2020

February 27, 2020

 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK
REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

EXHIBIT 4.4

Our Common Stock

General

As of February 24, 2020, Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. (“we”, “us” or “our”) had one class of common stock registered under Section 12
of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended.  Our  Certificate  of  Incorporation  currently  authorizes  our  Board  of  Directors  to  issue
85,000,000  shares  of  common  stock,  par  value  $0.001  per  share.  As  of  February  24,  2020, 54,913,303  shares  of  our  common  stock  were
issued and outstanding.

Voting Rights

The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted on by the stockholders.

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding shares of preferred stock (of which, as of February 24, 2020, there
were  no  shares  outstanding),  holders  of  common  stock  are  entitled  to  receive  ratably  such  dividends  as  may  be  declared  by  the  board  of
directors out of funds legally available therefor.

Rights to Receive Liquidation Distributions

If  we  liquidate,  dissolve  or  wind  up,  holders  of  common  stock  are  entitled  to  share  ratably  in  all  assets  remaining  after  payment  of

liabilities and the liquidation preferences of any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Other

Holders of common stock have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions

applicable to the common stock.

Listing

Our common stock is listed on The NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “AXDX.”

Certain Provisions of Our Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and Delaware Law

Vacancies in our Board of Directors

Our  Bylaws  provide  that  any  vacancy  occurring  in  our  Board  of  Directors  may  be  filled  by  the  affirmative  vote  of  a  majority  of  the
remaining members of the Board of Directors. Each director so elected shall hold office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified
or until the director’s earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal.

Special Meetings of Stockholders

Under our Bylaws, special meetings of stockholders may only be called by the President or a Vice President or the Board of Directors.
Our  Bylaws  further  provide  that  the  Secretary  shall  call  a  special  meeting  following  receipt  of  one  or  more  written  requests  to  call  a  special
meeting from stockholders of record who own at least 10% of the voting power of our outstanding shares then entitled to vote on the matter or
matters to be brought before the proposed special meeting.

Requirements for Notice of Stockholder Director Nominations and Stockholder Business

Under our Bylaws, nominations for the election of directors may be made by the Board of Directors or by any stockholder of record who

complies with the applicable notice and other requirements set forth in our Bylaws.

If a stockholder wishes to bring any business before an annual or special meeting or nominate a person for election to our Board of
Directors,  our  Bylaws  contain  certain  procedures  that  must  be  followed  for  the  advance  timing  required  for  delivery  of  stockholder  notice  of
such nomination or other business and the information that such notice must contain.

Stockholder Action by Written Consent without a Meeting

Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that any action to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken
without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action to be so taken, is signed by
the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at
a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, is delivered to the Corporation. Every written consent shall bear
the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent, and no written consent shall be effective to take the action referred to therein
unless, within 60 days of the earliest dated consent delivered, written consents are delivered signed by a sufficient number of holders to take
action.

Amendments to Our Certificate of Incorporation

Under the DGCL, the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon and a majority of the outstanding
stock  of  each  class  entitled  to  vote  thereon  is  generally  required  to  amend  a  corporation’s  certificate  of  incorporation.  Under  the  DGCL,  the
holders of the outstanding shares of a class of our capital stock shall be entitled to vote as a class upon a proposed amendment, whether or
not entitled to vote thereon by the Certificate of Incorporation, if the amendment would:

•
•
•

increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares of such class;
increase or decrease the par value of the shares of such class; or
alter or change the powers, preferences, or special rights of the shares of such class so as to affect them adversely.

If any proposed amendment would alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of one or more series of any class of our
capital  stock  so  as  to  affect  them  adversely,  but  shall  not  so  affect  the  entire  class,  then  only  the  shares  of  the  series  so  affected  by  the
amendment shall be considered a separate class for the purposes of this provision.

Certain Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL. In general, Section 203 of the DGCL prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from
engaging in various business combination transactions with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the time that such
person became an interested stockholder, unless:

•

•

•

the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder is approved by the
Board of Directors prior to the time the interested stockholder obtained such status;
upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder
owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced; or
at or subsequent to such time the business combination is approved by the Board of Directors and authorized at an annual or special
meeting  of  stockholders  by  the  affirmative  vote  of  at  least  two-thirds  of  the  outstanding  voting  stock  which  is  not  owned  by  the
interested stockholder.

A  “business  combination”  is  defined  to  include  mergers,  asset  sales,  and  other  transactions  resulting  in  financial  benefit  to  an
“interested  stockholder.”  In  general,  an  “interested  stockholder”  is  a  person  who  owns  (or  is  an  affiliate  or  associate  of  the  corporation  and,
within the prior three years, did own) 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock.

EXHIBIT 10.7

TRANSITION AGREEMENT, PART-TIME EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT, AND GENERAL RELEASE OF CLAIMS

This  TRANSITION  AGREEMENT,  PART-TIME  EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT,  AND  GENERAL  RELEASE  OF  CLAIMS  (the
“Agreement”) is entered into as of December 1, 2019, by and between Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. (the “Company”), and Lawrence Mehren
(“Executive”). The Company and Executive are collectively referred to herein as the Parties.

A. Executive is employed by the Company pursuant to an Offer Letter dated June 26, 2012 (the “Offer Letter”) and a Confidentiality and

Inventions Assignment Agreement dated June 26, 2012 (the “Existing Confidentiality Agreement”).

B. The Company and Executive have determined that it is in their mutual best interests for Executive to retire from his full-time position

as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

C. The Company and Executive have also determined that Executive’s skillset is uniquely valuable to the Company and that it is in their

mutual best interests for Executive to continue to assist the Company in a part-time employment capacity as more fully described below.

D.  The  Company  and  Executive  now  desire  to  enter  into  this  Agreement  to  describe  Executive’s  retirement  and  transition  from  the
President and Chief Executive Officer role into a new part-time employment role and resolve all claims and issues arising from or related to
Executive’s full-time employment with the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE,  for  and  in  consideration  of  the  mutual  agreements  described  and  agreed  to  be  performed,  Executive  and  the

Company agree as follows:

1. RETIREMENT.

(a) Effective as of January 31, 2020 (the “Retirement Date”), and without any further action on Executive’s part, Executive retires from,
and  is  further  removed  by  the  Company,  as  its  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  from  any  and  all  other  positions  including
directorships  or  offices  that  Executive  holds  with  the  Company,  its  affiliates,  and  any  other  entities  including  where  Executive  serves  as  a
director, officer, trustee, partner, or member by virtue of his role as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

(b) From the date of this Agreement through the Retirement Date, Executive’s employment will continue to be governed by his existing
Offer Letter. For sake of clarity, this means, among other things, that, his employment remains at-will and that through the Retirement Date,
Executive will continue to receive his annual base salary of $500,000 (less any base salary amounts waived under the Company’s 2019 Salary
Waiver  and  Nonqualified  Stock  Option  Grant  Plan)  and  continue  to  participate  in  the  Company’s  standard  benefit  and  vacation  plans,  as  an
active employee, as such plans may be amended, modified, or terminated by the Company from time to time.

(c) Provided that Executive signs and does not revoke this Agreement and otherwise complies with all of the terms and conditions of
this Agreement, including the requirement that Executive signs and does not revoke the Supplemental Release described in Section 15 below,
Executive  will  be  entitled  to  receive  a  2019  bonus  in  the  amount  Executive  would  have  received  had  he  continued  as  a  full-time  employee
through the date such bonuses are paid to other executive officers of the Company. Any such bonus will be paid or awarded to Executive at the
same  time  and  in  the  same  manner  and  form  such  bonuses  are  paid  or  awarded  to  other  executive  officers  of  the  Company  (e.g.,  if  other
executive  officers  receive  their  2019  bonuses  in  the  form  of  equity  grants  made  under  the  2012  Omnibus  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (the  “2012
Plan”), Executive will also receive his 2019 bonus in the form of an equity grant under the 2012 Plan).

(d) Provided that Executive signs and does not revoke this Agreement and executes the New Confidentiality Agreement described in
Section  6  below,  the  Company  will  pay  Executive  a  single  lump  cash  sum  payment  in  an  amount  not  to  exceed  $15,000,  to  reimburse
Executive for the reasonable legal fees incurred by him in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement and the attached Exhibits.

2. PART-TIME EMPLOYMENT. Provided that Executive signs and does not revoke this Agreement and otherwise complies with all of

the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the requirement that Executive

1

signs and does not revoke the Supplemental Release described in Section 15 below, then beginning February 1, 2020 (“Part-Time Start Date”),
Executive will transition to a part-time employment role with the Company, reporting to the Company’s Head of Research & Development. For
the avoidance of doubt, there shall be no break in service between the Retirement Date and the Part-Time Start Date.

(a)  Effective  on  the  Part-Time  Start  Date,  the  provisions  of  this  Section  2  will  supersede  and  replace  the  Offer  Letter  and  any  prior

understandings, whether oral or written, with respect to Executive’s employment relationship with the Company.

(b) Unless terminated by: (1) mutual written agreement of the Parties (in a writing signed by Executive and an authorized Company
officer) or (2) Executive’s death, Executive will serve as a part-time employee beginning on the Part-Time Start Date and ending on the second
anniversary of the Retirement Date (the “Part-Time Period”). If Executive’s part-time employment and the Part-Time Period is terminated due to
one of the reasons provided in (1) or (2) above, Executive will be entitled to receive his earned but unpaid Part-Time Salary (as defined below)
through the date of termination and any accrued but unpaid reasonable business expenses through the date of termination, with such amount
paid  in  a  single  lump  sum  within  10  days  of  the  termination  date  (the  “Accrued  Obligations”).  The  Part-Time  Period  may  be  renewed  or
extended by mutual agreement of the Parties, but unless such a renewal or extension is agreed upon in writing, the Company shall have no
obligation to employ Executive after the second anniversary of the Retirement Date.

(c) During the Part-Time Period, Executive shall work for the Company a minimum of 25 hours per week, with the majority of such time
spent working from Executive’s home office, provided that Executive agrees to attend in-person meetings and other functions as reasonably
requested by the Company. Executive’s duties during the Part-Time Period will consist of advising, consulting, and counseling his successor
and  the  Head  of  Research  &  Development,  or  their  respective  delegates,  in  connection  with  the  following  matters:  (1)  investor  relations
activities, including investor presentations; (2) communications with analysts; (3) quarterly and other financial reporting matters; (4) corporate
culture and people management; (5) the development of Pheno 2 including design and marketing specifications, engineering prototyping, and
bringing Pheno 2 to market; and (6) such other projects and services as may be mutually agreed to by the Parties from time to time. Executive
shall perform the services in good faith and to the best of his ability but is not obligated to track or report his hours to the Company.

(d) During the Part-Time Period, the Company will pay Executive an annual base salary (“Part-Time Salary”) of $250,000.

(e)  Except  as  set  forth  in  Section  1(c),  above,  and  unless  otherwise  determined  by  the  Compensation  Committee  of  the  Company’s
Board of Directors (“Compensation Committee”): (1) Executive will not be entitled to any cash bonuses from the Company during the Part-Time
Period;  and  (2)  Executive  will  not  be  eligible  to  receive  future  grants  of  stock  options,  performance  shares,  or  other  awards  under  the  2012
Plan.

(f) Executive and the Company previously entered into the Stock Option Agreements identified on Exhibit A (the “Option Agreements”).
Consistent with such Option Agreements, each option shall remain outstanding and continue to vest during the Part-Time Period. In all other
respects  each  option  shall  remain  subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions  of  the  applicable  Option  Agreement,  provided,  that,  by  signing  this
Agreement,  Executive  agrees  that  any  shares  subject  to  any  Option  Agreement  that  are  unvested  as  of  the  Retirement  Date  (the  Unvested
Shares)  may  be  subject  to  forfeiture,  recoupment,  or  clawback  if  Executive  violates  the  non-competition,  non-solicitation,  confidentiality,
invention  assignment,  or  other  material  covenants  set  forth  the  New  Confidentiality  Agreement  described  in  Section  6  below  as  reasonably
determined  by  the  Compensation  Committee  in  its  sole  discretion.  In  the  case  of  such  an  event,  the  Company  may  seek  such  forfeiture,
recoupment,  or  clawback  of  the  Unvested  Shares  in  any  manner  it  deems  appropriate  and  permitted  by  applicable  law  including,  without
limitation, cancelling all or a portion of any option award (vested or unvested), requiring the return of shares of stock acquired upon exercise,
and/or requiring the reimbursement of any net proceeds or amounts previously received from the sale of any Unvested Shares.

(g)  During  the  Part-Time  Period,  Executive  will  be  eligible  to  participate  in  the  Company’s  standard  company  benefit  and  vacation
plans, as such plans may be amended, modified, or terminated by the Company, in its sole discretion, from time to time, with or without notice.
Executive’s  participation  in  such  plans  will  be  subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions  set  forth  in  the  applicable  benefit  plan  and  vacation  plan
documents.  Upon  Executive’s  termination  of  part-time  employment,  or  at  the  expiration  of  the  Part-Time  Period,  Executive  and  his  eligible
dependents will be eligible to elect and purchase, at his cost, group medical coverage through COBRA or within the Company’s then existing
group health plan. The Company will ensure its then-existing carrier will make available to Executive and his eligible

2

dependents  all  plan  options  and  benefit  coverage  under  the  Company’s  group  medical  plan  that  are  available  to  other  Company  executives
until the earlier of (1) the date on which Executive is eligible to receive group medical benefits from another employer; or (2) the date on which
Executive  is  eligible  to  receive  medical  benefits  under  Medicare.  Any  post-employment  health  insurance  coverage  provided  pursuant  to  this
Section will be subject to Executive’s timely payment of premiums and the terms and conditions set forth in the then existing group health plan.

(h) During the Part-Time Period, Executive will be provided with a laptop computer and IT support services as reasonably requested by
Executive from time to time. In addition, Executive will be reimbursed for the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by him in connection
with the performance of his duties as long as Executive submits his expenses promptly, with appropriate documentation, in compliance with the
Company’s  expense  reimbursement  policies.  Executive  will  seek  pre-approval  from  the  Company  for  any  expenses  exceeding  $500  or
requiring  out-of-town  travel.  On  or  before  the  Retirement  Date,  Executive  agrees  to  return  any  Company  credit  or  charge  cards  in  his
possession back to the Company.

(i) Following the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive agrees to cooperate fully with the Company and with
the  Company’s  counsel  in  connection  with  any  present  and  future  actual  or  threatened  litigation,  administrative  or  regulatory  proceeding  or
inquiry,  or  other  investigation  involving  the  Company  or  any  affiliate  that  relates  to  events,  occurrences,  or  conduct  occurring,  or  claimed  to
have  occurred,  during  Executive’s  employment.  Executive  is  hereby  instructed  to  tell  the  truth  in  any  litigation,  administrative  or  regulatory
proceeding or inquiry, or other investigation involving the Company and nothing herein shall be deemed or construed to suggest otherwise. If
Executive’s cooperation is required pursuant to this section, the Company will: (1) reimburse Executive for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses,
excluding  legal  fees;  and  (2)  pay  Executive  an  hourly  compensation  at  a  rate  equivalent  to  his  hourly  Part-Time  Salary  at  the  time  of  his
termination of employment.

3. EXECUTIVE’S GENERAL WAIVER AND RELEASE.

(a) Except as set forth in Section 3(b), which identifies claims expressly excluded from this Agreement, Executive, on Executive’s own
behalf  and  on  behalf  of  his  spouse,  heirs,  agents,  legal  representatives,  and  assigns,  hereby  releases,  waives,  and  forever  discharges  the
Company,  its  affiliated  companies,  and  their  respective  officers,  directors,  agents,  members,  partners,  trustees,  insureds,  employees,
contractors, successors, and assigns (the “Released Parties”) from any and all claims, liabilities, demands, causes of action, costs, expenses,
attorneys’ fees, damages, indemnities, and obligations of every kind and nature, in law, equity or otherwise, known and unknown, suspected
and unsuspected, whether disclosed or undisclosed. This full release and waiver include, but is not limited to, claims arising from or relating to
Executive’s employment with the Company, his services as a member of its Board of Directors, and all positions and roles he has or has had as
a director, officer, employee, trustee, member, partner, shareholder, or agent of any affiliated entities, and the termination of his employment
and all such positions and roles. This full release and waiver includes, but is not limited to, claims of wrongful discharge, breach of contract,
promissory estoppel, restitution, misrepresentation, emotional distress, defamation, invasion of privacy, fraud, breach of the covenant of good
faith  and  fair  dealing,  discrimination,  retaliation,  and  harassment;  claims  based  on  sex,  age,  race,  national  origin,  religion,  veteran  status,
disability or any other basis or protected class, and any and all claims brought under applicable statutes, as amended, such as: Title VII of the
Civil  Rights  Act  of  1964,  Age  Discrimination  in  Employment  Act,  Older  Workers’  Benefits  Protection  Act,  Americans  with  Disabilities  Act,
Employee Retirement Income Security Act, Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reform Act, Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment
Rights Act, Fair Credit Reporting Act, False Claims Act, Family Medical Leave Act, Fair Labor Standards Act, Rehabilitation Act, Equal Pay Act,
Arizona  Civil  Rights  Act,  Arizona  Employment  Protection  Act,  the  anti-retaliation  provisions  of  the  Arizona  Workers  Compensation  law,  and
Arizona state wage payment laws including the Arizona Wage Act; and claims arising from any applicable local, state, or federal law, and wage
or  benefit  claims,  including  without  limitation  claims  for  salary,  bonuses,  commissions,  equity  awards  in  any  affiliated  or  related  companies
(including stock grants, stock options and restricted stock units), vesting acceleration, vacation pay, fringe benefits, severance pay or any other
form of compensation.

(b) The only claims that Executive is not waiving and releasing under this Agreement are claims he may have for: (1) unemployment
claims and workers’ compensation claims for accidents or injuries at work; (2) any benefits entitlements that are either payable pursuant to this
Agreement,  or  are  vested  and  unpaid  as  of  the  Retirement  Date  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  a  Company  sponsored  benefit  plan;  (3)
indemnification by the Company under applicable law as a former officer and director and Executive’s rights under insurance policies including
Directors  and  Officers  insurance  coverage;  (4)  violation  of  any  federal,  state,  or  local  statutory  or  public  policy  right  or  entitlement  that,  by
applicable  law,  is  not  waivable;  (5)  Executive’s  rights  expressly  set  forth  in  this  Agreement;  (6)  any  rights  or  claims  that  may  arise  after  the
execution date of this Agreement; and (7) any rights to receive an award for information or cooperation provided

3

to the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to SEC Rule 21-F. Nothing in this Agreement limits Executive’s ability to file a charge or
complaint with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (“EEOC”), the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA”), or any
other  applicable  federal,  state,  or  local  governmental  agency  or  commission  (“Government  Agencies”).  Executive  acknowledges  that  this
Agreement  and  the  Supplemental  Release  described  in  Section  15,  below,  do  not  limit  Executive’s  ability  to  communicate  with  Government
Agencies or otherwise participate in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by any Government Agency nor will they preclude
Executive from giving truthful testimony in response to a lawful subpoena or preclude any conduct protected under any local, state or federal
law,  including  those  providing  “whistleblower”  protection  to  Executive  or  the  right  to  engage  in  concerted  activities.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  Executive  acknowledges  and  agrees  that,  in  light  of  the  consideration  he  is  receiving  under  this  Agreement,  he  is  waiving  any
monetary or personal relief that may be available to him with respect to any charge, cause of action, or complaint filed by any person, including
Executive, or entity with any Government Agency.

(c)  Executive  represents  and  warrants  that  he  has  not  filed  any  complaints,  charges,  claims,  grievances,  or  lawsuits  against  the
Released Parties with any local, state or federal agency or court, or with any other forum. Executive further represents and warrants that he
has  not  assigned  or  transferred  any  claims  he  may  have  or  had  against  the  Released  Parties  or  any  of  his  rights  or  obligations  under  this
Agreement.

(d) Executive acknowledges that this Agreement is intended to include, and does include in its effect, without limitation, all claims which
Executive does not know or suspect to exist in his favor against the Released Parties as of the execution date of this Agreement, and that this
Agreement extinguishes all such claims, unless excluded under Section 3(b).

(e) Executive understands and agrees that the Company has no obligation to provide him with the amounts described in Section 1(c)
and  1(d)  or  to  offer  him  the  part-time  employment  described  in  Section  2  unless  he  executes  and  does  not  revoke  this  Agreement  and  the
Supplemental  Release.  Executive  also  understands  that  he  has  received  or  will  receive,  regardless  of  the  execution  of  this  Agreement,  any
benefit entitlements that are vested and unpaid as of the Retirement Date and all wages owed to him through the Retirement Date, together
with any accrued but unpaid vacation pay earned through the Retirement Date, less applicable withholdings and deductions.

4. EXECUTIVE’S ADEA WAIVER. Executive is advised to consult with an attorney of his choice prior to executing this Agreement. By
signing below, Executive expressly acknowledges and agrees that by entering into this Agreement, Executive is waiving any and all rights or
claims that Executive may have arising under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended (“ADEA”), which have arisen on
or before the date he executes this Agreement. Executive further acknowledges and certifies the following:

(a)  Executive  has  read  and  understands  all  of  the  terms  of  this  Agreement  and  is  not  relying  on  any  representations  or  statements,

written or oral, not set forth in this Agreement.

(b) The consideration provided for in Sections 1(c) and 1(d) and the offer of part-time employment described in Section 2 is in addition

to anything of value to which he is or may have been entitled.

(c) Executive understands that the release in this Agreement does not apply to any rights or claims that may arise after the execution

date of this Agreement.

(d) Executive has been provided a period of 21 calendar days from receipt of this Agreement within which to decide whether he will
execute  this  Agreement.  Executive  may  sign  this  Agreement  any  time  within  this  time  period.  If  Executive  signs  before  the  21-day  period
expires, Executive does so to expedite the Agreement and waives the remaining days to consider the Agreement.

(e) Executive is signing this Agreement knowingly and voluntarily.

(f) Executive has the right to revoke this Agreement within 7 calendar days after signing it, by providing written notice of revocation via
email  or  certified  mail  to  the  General  Counsel  of  the  Company.  Executive’s  written  notice  of  revocation  must  be  received  via  email  or
postmarked on or before the end of the 7th calendar day after he has timely signed this Agreement. This deadline will be extended to the next
business day should it fall on a Sunday or holiday recognized by the U.S. Postal Service.

(g) Executive agrees that this Agreement is not effective and no amounts will be paid or owed pursuant to

4

Section 1(c) or 1(d) and that that the Company will not be obligated to offer him the part-time employment described in Section 2 until all of the
following  have  occurred:  (1)  Executive  signs  this  Agreement  in  the  time  period  identified  above  and  signs  the  Supplemental  Release  in  the
allotted time; (2) the 7-day revocation periods contained in this Section and in the Supplemental Release have passed; and (3) Executive has
not revoked this Agreement or the Supplemental Release during the respective 7-day revocation periods (the “Effective Date(s)”). If Executive
does not timely sign or revokes this Agreement or does not timely sign or revokes the Supplemental Release, then this Agreement shall be null
and  void  and  no  payments  shall  be  made  or  due  pursuant  to  Section  1(c)  or  1(d)  and  the  Company  will  not  offer  Executive  the  part-time
employment described in Section 2.

5. COMPANY’S GENERAL WAIVER AND RELEASE. The Company, its subsidiaries, and affiliated companies, and their respective
successors and assigns hereby release, waive, and forever discharge Executive, his spouse, heirs, agents, legal representatives, and assigns
(the “Executive Released Parties”) from any and all claims, liabilities, demands, causes of action, costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, damages,
indemnities, and obligations of every kind and nature, in law, equity, or otherwise, known and unknown, suspected and unsuspected, whether
disclosed  or  undisclosed  arising  from  or  relating  to  Executive’s  employment  with  the  Company,  his  service  as  a  member  of  its  Board  of
Directors, and all positions and roles he has or has had as a director, officer, employee, trustee, member, partner, shareholder, or agent of the
Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company’s release in this Section shall not extend to and claims it may have for: (1) a breach of
this  Agreement  or  its  Exhibits  by  Executive;  (2)  any  rights  it  has  with  respect  to  unvested  benefits  under  any  Company-sponsored  pension,
retirement, or health and welfare plans; (3) Company’s rights expressly set forth in this Agreement or its Exhibits; (4) any of the Company’s
rights or claims that may arise after the Retirement Date.

6. NEW RESTRICTIVE COVENANT AGREEMENT. In connection with the execution of this Agreement, Executive agrees to execute
and deliver to the Company’s General Counsel, a new restrictive covenant agreement (“New Confidentiality Agreement”), in the form attached
as Exhibit B. The New Confidentiality Agreement will replace the Existing Confidentiality Agreement in its entirety and apply to Executive for the
duration of his employment and certain restrictive covenants in the New Confidentiality Agreement shall extend for a period of one (1) year after
the Part-Time Period ends.

7. COMPANY PROPERTY. Unless required to do so at an earlier date by this Agreement, upon the Company’s request or Executive’s
termination of employment or service for any reason, Executive shall promptly return to the Company all property of the Company, including but
not limited to: originals and hard and electronic copies of records, documents, Confidential Information (as defined in the New Confidentiality
Agreement), computer and office equipment, other equipment, plans, designs, electronic devices, keys, access cards, passwords, charge or
credit  cards,  and  other  tangible  and  intangible  items,  in  whatever  form,  in  Executive’s  possession  or  control.  Executive  understands  that  all
electronic mail, equipment, and all computer hardware and software are property of the Company.

8. DISPUTE RESOLUTION. Executive and the Company agree to meet to informally in a good faith effort to resolve any issues arising
under this Agreement. If the Parties are unable to resolve their differences, they agree to submit to binding arbitration in Tucson, Arizona, any
and  all  such  claims  and  disputes.  The  Parties  agree  that  such  disputes  will  be  heard  by  a  single  arbitrator,  applying  Arizona  and  federal
substantive law, as applicable, in accordance with the American Arbitration Association’s Employment Arbitration Rules. If necessary, an action
may  be  brought  in  any  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  solely  to  compel  arbitration  or  enforce  an  arbitration  award  or  for  injunctive  relief  to
enforce  the  Confidentiality  Agreement  and  other  restrictive  covenants  described  in  this  Agreement.  This  agreement  to  arbitrate  survives  the
termination of Executive’s service to the Company. Executive expressly agrees and understands that, by agreeing to arbitration to resolve all
claims described herein, he, as well as the Company, are waiving the right to a jury or court trial for all such claims. Executive further
understands that arbitration is a private, claim resolution process which uses a neutral third-party, instead of a judge or jury, to resolve all claims
and typically has more limited discovery than in a case filed in court. Executive understands that he may refuse to sign this Agreement, but that
if the Agreement is not signed, he will not be entitled to the compensation and benefits described in this Agreement. If Executive prevails in any
action he brings to enforce his rights set forth in this Agreement, the Company will pay Executive for Executive’s reasonable attorneys’ fees
and costs incurred in such action.

___________

Employee must initial above, indicating his agreement to submit all claims to arbitration.

9. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement along with the Supplemental Release and the New Confidentiality Agreement and the other
agreements described therein constitute the entire understanding and agreement between Executive and the Company in connection with the
matters described, and replaces and cancels all previous agreements

5

and commitments, whether spoken or written, with respect to such matters.

10. MODIFICATION IN WRITING. No oral agreement, statement, promise, commitment or representation shall alter or terminate the

provisions of this Agreement. This Agreement cannot be changed or modified except by written agreement signed by the Parties.

11. GOVERNING LAW; CONSTRUCTION. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the
State  of  Arizona  without  regard  to  conflicts  of  law  principles.  If  any  term  or  provision  of  this  Agreement  is  declared  by  a  court  or  tribunal  of
competent  jurisdiction  to  be  invalid  or  unenforceable  for  any  reason,  this  Agreement  shall  remain  in  full  force  and  effect,  and  either:  (a)  the
invalid  or  unenforceable  provision  shall  be  modified  to  the  minimum  extent  necessary  to  make  it  valid  and  enforceable;  or  (b)  if  such  a
modification is not possible, this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such invalid or unenforceable provision were not a part hereof. Each Party
acknowledges  that  such  Party  had  the  opportunity  to  be  represented  by  counsel  in  the  negotiation  and  execution  of  this  Agreement.
Accordingly, the rule of construction of contract language against the drafting party is hereby waived by each party.

12.  SEVERABILITY.  Any  term  or  provision  of  this  Agreement  which  is  invalid  or  unenforceable  in  any  jurisdiction  shall,  as  to  that
jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and
provisions  of  this  Agreement  or  affecting  the  validity  or  enforceability  of  any  of  the  terms  or  provisions  of  this  Agreement  in  any  other
jurisdiction. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, the provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as is
enforceable.

13.  WITHHOLDING.  The  amounts  due,  if  any,  pursuant  to  this  Agreement  shall  be  subject  to  reduction  in  order  to  comply  with
applicable  federal,  state  and  local  tax  withholding  requirements  and  will  be  reflected  on  Executive’s  Form  W-2  for  the  year  in  which  such
amounts are paid. Executive hereby acknowledges that the Company, nor any of its directors, officers, agents, or employees have provided
Executive with any tax-related advice with respect to the matters covered by this Agreement. Executive understands and acknowledges that he
is solely responsible for obtaining his own tax advice with respect to the matters covered by this Agreement.

14. SECTION 409A COMPLIANCE.  This  Agreement  shall  comply  with  Section  409A  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  or  an  exception
thereto and each provision of the Agreement shall be interpreted, to the extent possible, to comply with Section 409A or an exception thereto.
Nevertheless, the Company does not and cannot guarantee any particular tax effect or treatment of the amounts due under this Agreement.
Except  for  the  Company’s  responsibility  to  withhold  applicable  income  and  employment  taxes  from  compensation  paid  or  provided  to
Executive,  the  Company  will  not  be  responsible  for  the  payment  of  any  applicable  taxes  on  compensation  paid  or  provided  pursuant  to  this
Agreement. Neither the time nor schedule of any payment under this Agreement may be accelerated or subject to further deferral except as
permitted  by  Section  409A  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  and  the  applicable  regulations.  Executive  does  not  have  any  right  to  make  any
election regarding the time or form of any payment due under this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if the
Company concludes, that the any amounts due pursuant to this Agreement are subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, then no
such amounts will be paid prior to Executive’s “separation from service” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h) (applying the
default  rules  of  Treasury  Regulation  Section  1.409A-1(h))  and  if  Executive  is  deemed  to  be  a  specified  employee  as  defined  in  Treasury
Regulation Section 1.409A-1(i)(1) on the date of his termination of employment, no payments that are subject to Section 409A shall begin until
the first day of the seventh month following his “separation from service”.

15.  SUPPLEMENTAL  RELEASE.  In  exchange  for  the  Company’s  agreement  to  provide  the  payments  under  Section  1(c)  of  this
Agreement, and to continue Executive’s employment as a part-time employee pursuant to Section 2 of this Agreement, Executive shall sign,
deliver  to  the  General  Counsel,  and  not  revoke,  the  Supplemental  Release  of  All  Claims  (“Supplemental  Release”)  in  a  form  substantially
similar  to  the  attached  Exhibit C.  To  be  effective  the  Supplemental  Release  must  be  signed  by  Executive  within  21  calendar  days  after  the
Retirement Date but not before the day after the Retirement Date.

6

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have hereby approved and executed this Agreement as of the date identified below by Executive:

EXECUTIVE

Signature: /s/ Lawrence Mehren

Printed Name: Lawrence Mehren
Date: 12/1/2019

ACCELERATE DIAGNOSTICS, INC.

Signature: /s/ John Patience

Printed Name: John Patience

Title: Chairman of the Board
Date: 12/1/2019

7

 
 
EXHIBIT A

LIST OF OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS

Stock Option Agreement dated April 20, 2012 by and between Lawrence Mehren and the Company (2,200,000 shares).

Stock Option Agreement dated February 26, 2014 by and between Lawrence Mehren and the Company (52,132 shares).

Stock Option Agreement dated March 18, 2016 by and between Lawrence Mehren and the Company (60,000 shares).

Stock Option Agreement dated March 18, 2016 by and between Lawrence Mehren and the Company (10,408 shares).

Stock Option Agreement dated March 7, 2018 by and between Lawrence Mehren and the Company (25,099 shares).

Stock Option Agreement dated January 1, 2019 by and between Lawrence Mehren and the Company (37,736 shares).

•

•

•

•

•

•

8

EXHIBIT B

NEW CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT (SEE ATTACHED)

9

EXHIBIT C

SUPPLEMENTAL RELEASE OF ALL CLAIMS

On  December  __,  2019,  I  signed  a  TRANSITION  AGREEMENT,  PART-TIME  EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT,  AND  GENERAL
RELEASE  OF  CLAIMS  (the  “Agreement”).  As  required  by  Section  15  of  the  Agreement,  by  signing  this  Supplemental  Release  of  Claims
(“Supplemental Release”), I hereby renew and reaffirm my release and waiver of all potential claims against the Released Parties as defined in
the Agreement through the date of my execution of this Supplemental Release.

In accordance with the ADEA as defined in the Agreement, I acknowledge and agree that I have been fully advised of my rights under
the  ADEA  with  respect  to  the  Agreement  and  this  Supplemental  Release  as  stated  in  Section  4  of  the  Agreement.  Those  agreements  and
understandings  are  hereby  incorporated  by  reference  and  such  understandings  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  that  I  have  been  advised  to
consult  with  an  attorney  before  signing  this  Supplemental  Release  and  have  been  given  a  period  of  21  calendar  days  in  which  to  consider
whether  to  enter  into  this  Supplemental  Release.  I  understand  that  I  do  not  have  to  use  the  entire  21-day  period  before  signing  this
Supplemental Release and may waive this right. If I enter into this Supplemental Release, I understand that I may revoke the Supplemental
Release  and  that  any  such  revocation  must  be  in  writing,  sent  via  certified  mail  or  email  to  the  General  Counsel  of  the  Company,  and
postmarked on or before the end of the 7th calendar day after my timely execution of this Supplemental Release. If I revoke this Supplemental
Release, I understand that this Supplemental Release will be null and void, and that the Company will not engage me as a part-time employee
or provide me with the benefits described in Section 1(c) and 2 of the Agreement. If I do not revoke this Supplemental Release, it will become
effective, irrevocable, binding and enforceable on the 8th day after I execute it.

I understand that my entitlement to the consideration described in Section 1(c) of the Agreement and my employment as a
part-time  employee  as  described  in  Section  2  of  the  Agreement  is  conditioned  upon  me  signing,  not  revoking,  and  abiding  by  the
terms of the Agreement and this Supplemental Release.

If  I  sign  this  Supplemental  Release,  I  understand  that  I  must  sign  and  return  it  to  the  General  Counsel  of  the  Company  within  21

calendar days after the Retirement Date as defined in the Agreement, but not before the day after the Retirement Date.

Lawrence Mehren

10

Date:  

 
 
 
EXHIBIT 10.8

January 31, 2020

Jack Phillips
Delivered Electronically via Email

Re: Appointment to CEO

Dear Jack:

We are delighted to enter into this Letter Agreement (the “Agreement”) under which you will serve as the Chief Executive Officer of Accelerate
Diagnostics, Inc. (the “Company”). Your start date as President and Chief Executive Officer will be February 1, 2020 (“Start Date”). Once this
Agreement becomes effective, it will form the entire agreement between you and the Company with respect to the matters described in this
Agreement and it will supersede and replace any prior understandings (whether oral or written) with respect to the subject matter described
herein, including the letter agreement between you and the Company, dated August 6, 2019.

Provision

Location:

Title; Reporting; Duties;
No Conflicts:

Board Seat:

Base Salary:

Agreement

Your principal place of employment will be the Company’s principal executive offices in Tucson, Arizona.

Beginning on the Start Date, you will serve as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. In
your capacity as the President and Chief Executive Officer, you will have control over, and responsibility for the
overall  management  of  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries,  and  you  will  report  to  the  Company’s  board  of
directors (the “Board”).

You  understand  that,  while  you  are  employed  with  the  Company,  your  employment  services  will  be  full-time
and exclusive to the Company and that you will be expected to devote substantially all of your full business
time, attention, energy and skills to the Company. You agree to serve the Company faithfully, loyally, honestly
and to the best of your ability. You will not, without the express written consent of the Board, engage in any
other commercial activity or outside employment.

The  preceding  paragraph  is  not  intended  to  prohibit  you  from  engaging  in  charitable  or  nonprofessional
activities such as personal investments or conducting private business affairs, as long as they do not conflict or
interfere  with  the  performance  of  your  duties  to  the  Company.  You  agree  to  observe  and  comply  with  the
Employee Confidentiality Agreement you signed, dated August 6, 2019, and the Company’s rules and policies,
as the same may be adopted and amended from time to time.

So long as you are employed as Chief Executive Officer, the Company will use its reasonable efforts, subject
to applicable law and the rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market (“Nasdaq”) and the Company’s bylaws, to cause
you  to  be  nominated  for  election  to  the  Board  at  the  Company’s  annual  shareholder  meeting  (and  for  future
years, re-election) as a director of the Company.

$595,000 per year (the “Base Salary”) to be paid according to the Company’s normal payroll cycle. Your Base
Salary  will  be  reviewed  at  least  annually  and  may  be  adjusted  upward  or  downward  by  the  Compensation
Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Compensation Committee”) in its sole discretion.

CEO Equity Grant:

On the Start Date, you will be granted 50,000 Restricted Stock Units under our 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive
Plan, as amended (the “Equity Plan”). The Grant will be subject to a 5-year annual vesting schedule with the
first annual vesting and issuance

Annual Incentive
Opportunity:

Long-Term Incentive
Compensation:

Benefits; Vacation:

Term:

occurring  on  the  one-year  anniversary  of  the  Start  Date.  The  Grant  will  be  subject  to  such  other  terms  and
conditions  specified  by  the  Compensation  Committee,  the  Equity  Plan,  the  award  agreement  that  you  must
execute as a condition of the grant, and the Company’s insider trading policy.

Beginning  January  1,  2020  and  for  each  full  calendar  year  during  the  Term  thereafter,  you  will  be  eligible  to
participate in an annual incentive program adopted in writing and approved by the Compensation Committee
(the “AIP”). Your target incentive under the AIP will equal 100% of your Base Salary as of the first day of the
calendar year, with the opportunity to earn up to (but not exceed) 150% of your Base Salary as of the first day
of the calendar year. Whether you are entitled to receive an AIP payment, and the amount and form of such
payment,  will  depend  on  the  attainment  of  written  quantitative  and  qualitative  performance  goals,  including
financial performance goals, establish by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion. The amount and
form of the AIP, if any, will be certified by the Compensation Committee in February of the year following the
year to which the AIP relates, and the earned AIP, if any, will be paid to you no later than March 15 of the year
following the year to which the AIP relates (e.g., the AIP for 2020, if any, will be paid no later than March 15,
2021). Except as set forth below, you must be employed by the Company through the date the AIP is paid in
order to earn and be eligible to receive the AIP.

Beginning  January  1,  2021  and  for  each  full  calendar  year  during  the  Term  thereafter,  you  will  be  eligible  to
receive  grants  of  stock  options,  performance  shares  and  other  awards  under  the  Equity  Plan  (the  “Equity
Awards”). The amount of Equity Awards, the mix of Equity Awards, the vesting schedule and the other terms
and conditions of the Equity Awards will be established by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion,
provided, that, for the 2021 calendar year your target Equity Award grant will equal 400% of your then Base
Salary and will consist of an award mix of 50% non-qualified stock options and 50% performance shares. The
Equity Awards will be subject to such other terms and conditions specified by the Compensation Committee,
the Equity Plan, the award agreement that you must execute as a condition of the grant(s), and the Company’s
insider trading policy.

You will continue to be eligible to participate in the Company’s standard company benefit plans, as such plans
may  be  amended,  modified,  or  terminated  by  the  Company  from  time  to  time,  with  or  without  notice,  in
accordance  with  the  applicable  benefit  and  vacation  plan  documents.  For  the  avoidance  of  doubt,  your
participation in such plans will be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the applicable benefit plan
documents.

The  initial  term  of  your  employment  under  this  Agreement  shall  commence  on  the  Start  Date  and  shall
continue  until  the  two  (2)  year  anniversary  of  the  Start  Date  (the  “Initial  Term”).  The  Initial  term  will
automatically  extend  on  the  same  terms  and  conditions  set  forth  below  for  additional  one  (1)  year  periods
(each  a  “Renewal Term”),  unless  either  party  gives  the  other  party  written  notice  of  non-renewal  at  least  30
days  prior  to  the  end  of  the  Initial  Term  or  any  Renewal  Term.  The  Initial  Term,  together  with  all  Renewal
Terms, are collectively referred to in this Agreement as the “Term.”

Unless otherwise indicated in a writing to you from the Board, upon your termination of employment
with Company for any reason, and without any further action on your part, you will be deemed to immediately
resign all other officerships, directorships, managerships, and other positions you hold with the Company and
its affiliates. If for any reason this provision is determined to be insufficient to effectuate such resignations, you
agree  to  sign  any  documents  or  instruments  the  Company  determines  necessary  to  effectuate  such
resignations.

Termination
of Employment:

This Agreement, and your employment hereunder, may be terminated at any time, for any reason, by you or
the  Company  upon  at  least  30  days  prior  written  notice,  provided,  that,  the  Company  may  terminate  your
employment  immediately  for  Cause.  Upon  your  termination  for  any  reason,  the  Company  will  pay  you  your
accrued but unpaid Base Salary and any accrued but unpaid reasonable business expenses through your date
of termination (the “Accrued Obligations”), with such amount paid in compliance in accordance with applicable
law.  In  addition  to  the  Accrued  Obligations,  you  may  be  entitled  to  receive  severance  benefits  and  Equity
Award acceleration as described below.

Death or Disability:

This Agreement, and your employment hereunder, will terminate immediately upon your death or Disability (as
defined in Exhibit A). In such case, you (or your spouse or estate) will be entitled to the Accrued Obligations.

Termination and
Severance Prior to
a Change of Control:

Full Vesting of Equity Awards
on Change of Control:

Termination and
Severance Following
a Change of Control:

In the event your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or by you with Good Reason (as
defined in Exhibit A) prior to a Change of Control (as defined in Exhibit A),  then,  in  addition  to  the  Accrued
Obligations, and subject to your timely execution (and non-revocation) of the release described below, you will
be entitled to receive a cash severance payment equal to the sum of: (i) 12 months of your then Base Salary;
and  (ii)  your  average  earned  AIP  for  over  the  Term  (collectively,  the  “Base  Severance  Amount”).  The  Base
Severance  Amount  will  be  paid  to  you  in  installments  over  a  12  month  period,  in  accordance  with  the
Company’s  normal  payroll  cycle,  with  the  first  installment  paid  during  the  first  payroll  period  following  the
expiration of the release revocation period described below. In addition to the Base Severance Amount, you
will be entitled to receive a pro-rata AIP for the year in which your termination occurred, with such pro-rata AIP
paid at the same time described above.

Upon  the  closing  of  a  transaction  that  results  in  a  Change  of  Control,  and  notwithstanding  anything  in  the
Equity Plan to the contrary, your Option and other Equity Awards shall fully vest and become exercisable.

In the event your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or by you with Good Reason (as
defined  in  Exhibit  A)  during  the  12  month  period  following  a  Change  of  Control,  then,  in  addition  to  the
Accrued Obligations, and subject to your timely execution (and non-revocation) of the release described below,
you will be entitled receive a cash severance payment equal to the sum of: (i) 18 months of your then Base
Salary;  and  (ii)  18  times  the  monthly  amount  that  is  charged  to  COBRA  qualified  beneficiaries  for  the  same
medical  coverage  options  elected  by  you  immediately  prior  to  your  last  day  of  employment  (collectively,  the
“Enhanced Severance Amount”). The Enhanced Severance Amount will be paid to you in installments over a
18 month period, in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll cycle, with the first installment paid during
the first payroll period following the expiration of the release revocation period described below. In addition to
the  Enhanced  Severance  Amount,  you  will  be  entitled  to  receive  a  pro-rata  AIP  for  the  year  in  which  your
termination occurred, with such pro-rata AIP paid at the same time described above.

Release Required to
Receive Severance:

In  order  to  receive  the  severance  pay  and  other  benefits  described  above,  you  must,  no  later  than  60  days
following your last day of employment, execute (and not revoke) a general release and waiver of any claims
that you may have in connection with your employment and termination of employment with the Company and
its affiliates.

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if the Company concludes that the severance pay
and  benefits  are  subject  to  Section  409A  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  and  if  the  consideration  period
described  in  the  release,  plus  the  revocation  period  described  in  the  release  spans  two  (2)  calendar  years,
then,  to  the  extent  required  by  Section  409A  of  the  Code,  such  severance  payments  and  benefits  shall  not
begin to be paid until the second calendar year (and such first installment shall include installment payments
that would otherwise have been made prior to such date).

Restrictive Covenants:

This  offer  is  contingent  upon  you,  on  your  Start  Date,  signing  the  Restrictive  Covenant  Agreement  attached
hereto as Exhibit B.

Cooperation:

Non-Disparagement;
Social Media:

Dispute Resolution:

Following the termination of your service with the Company for any reason, you agree to cooperate fully with
the Company and with the Company’s counsel in connection with any present and future actual or threatened
litigation, administrative proceeding or other investigation involving the Company or any affiliate that relates to
events,  occurrences  or  conduct  occurring  (or  claimed  to  have  occurred)  during  your  employment.  You  are
hereby instructed to tell the truth in any litigation, administrative proceeding, or other investigation involving the
Company and nothing herein shall be deemed or construed to suggest otherwise.

During  the  Term  and  following  the  termination  of  your  service  for  any  reason,  you  agree  that  you  will  not
criticize,  defame,  be  derogatory  toward  or  otherwise  disparage  the  Company,  its  products,  services,  or  the
Company’s  past,  present  and  future  officers,  directors,  managers,  stockholders,  agents,  representatives,
employees, or affiliates, or its or their business plans or actions, to any third-party, either orally or in writing;
provided  that  that  this  provision  will  not  preclude  you  from  giving  truthful  testimony  in  response  to  a  lawful
subpoena  or  preclude  any  conduct  protected  under  any  local,  state  or  federal  law,  including  those  providing
“whistleblower”  protection  to  you  or  the  right  to  engage  in  concerted  activities.  Finally,  on  the  date  of  your
termination  of  service  for  any  reason,  you  agree  to  update  your  profile  on  social  media  websites  (such  as
LinkedIn) to reflect that you are no longer an employee of the Company.

You and the Company agree to meet to informally in a good faith effort to resolve any issues arising under this
Agreement. If the parties are unable to resolve their differences, they agree to submit to binding arbitration in
Tucson, Arizona, any and all claims and disputes arising hereunder. The parties agree that any dispute will be
heard by a single arbitrator, applying Arizona and Federal substantive law, as applicable, in accordance with
the American Arbitration Association’s Employment Arbitration Rules. If necessary, an action may be brought
in  any  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  solely  to  compel  arbitration  or  enforce  an  arbitration  award  (or  for
injunctive relief to enforce the Restrictive Covenants of this Agreement). The prevailing party at arbitration shall
be awarded reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs. This agreement to arbitrate survives the termination of your
employment.

You  expressly  agree  and  understand  that,  by  agreeing  to  arbitration  to  resolve  all  claims  described
herein, you, as well as the Company, are waiving your right to a jury or court trial for all such claims.
You further understand that arbitration is a private, claim resolution process which utilizes a neutral third-party,
instead of a judge or jury, to resolve all claims and typically has more limited discovery than in a case filed in
court. You understand that you may refuse to sign this Agreement, but that if the Agreement is not signed, you
will not be entitled to the compensation and benefits outlined in this Agreement.

___________

Employee must initial above, indicating his agreement to submit all claims to arbitration.

Return of Property:

Miscellaneous:

Section 409A of the Code:

Upon the Company’s request or your termination of employment for any reason, you shall promptly return to
the Company all property of the Company, including but not limited to: originals and hard and electronic copies
of  records,  documents,  Confidential  Information,  computer  and  office  equipment,  other  equipment,  plans,
designs,  electronic  devices,  keys,  access  cards,  passwords,  credit  cards,  and  other  tangible  and  intangible
items, in whatever form, in your possession or control. You understand that all electronic mail, equipment, and
all computer hardware and software are property of the Company.

To  the  extent  required  by  law,  the  Company  shall  withhold  from  any  payments  due  to  you  under  this
Agreement any applicable federal, state or local taxes. You hereby acknowledge that neither the Company nor
any  of 
its  affiliates,  shareholders,  members,  directors,  managers,  officers,  employees,  agents  or
representatives  have  provided  you  with  any  tax-related  advice  with  respect  to  the  matters  covered  by  this
Agreement and that you are solely responsible for obtaining your own tax advice with respect to the matters
covered by this Agreement.

This  Agreement  shall  be  governed  by  and  construed  in  accordance  with  the  laws  of  the  State  of
Arizona without regard to conflicts of law principles. If any term or provision of this Agreement is declared by a
court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, this Agreement shall
remain  in  full  force  and  effect,  and  either:  (i)  the  invalid  or  unenforceable  provision  shall  be  modified  to  the
minimum extent necessary to make it valid and enforceable; or (ii) if such a modification is not possible, this
Agreement shall be interpreted as if such invalid or unenforceable provision were not a part hereof.

Each  party  acknowledges  that  such  party  had  the  opportunity  to  be  represented  by  counsel  in  the
negotiation and execution of this Agreement. Accordingly, the rule of construction of contract language against
the drafting party is hereby waived by each party.

This  Agreement  shall  comply  with  Section  409A  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  or  an  exception  thereto  and
each provision of the Agreement shall be interpreted, to the extent possible, to comply with Section 409A or an
exception  thereto.  Nevertheless,  the  Company  does  not  and  cannot  guarantee  any  particular  tax  effect  or
treatment  of  the  amounts  due  under  this  Agreement.  Except  for  the  Company’s  responsibility  to  withhold
applicable income and employment taxes from compensation paid or provided to you, the Company will not be
responsible  for  the  payment  of  any  applicable  taxes  on  compensation  paid  or  provided  pursuant  to  this
Agreement.  Neither  the  time  nor  schedule  of  any  payment  under  this  Agreement  may  be  accelerated  or
subject  to  further  deferral  except  as  permitted  by  Section  409A  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  and  the
applicable  regulations.  You  do  not  have  any  right  to  make  any  election  regarding  the  time  or  form  of  any
payment  due  under  this  Agreement.  Notwithstanding  anything  in  this  Agreement  to  the  contrary,  if  the
Company  concludes,  that  the  Base  Severance  Amount  or  the  Enhanced  Severance  Amount  are  subject  to
Section  409A  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  then  no  such  Severance  Amount  will  be  paid  prior  to  your
“separation from service” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h) (applying the default rules of
Treasury  Regulation  Section  1.409A-1(h)).  Installment  payments  made  pursuant  to  this  Agreement  shall  be
treated as separate payments for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii).

If the Base Severance Amount or the Enhanced Severance Amount are subject to Section 409A of the
Internal  Revenue  Code,  and  if  you  are  a  “specified  employee”  as  defined  in  Treasury  Regulation  Section
1.409A-1(i)(1) on the date of your termination of employment, such payments shall not begin until the first day
of  the  seventh  month  following  your  “separation  from  service”  as  defined  in  Treasury  Regulation  Section
1.409A-1(h)  (applying  the  default  rules  of  Treasury  Regulation  Section  1.409A-1(h))  (and  such  first  payment
shall include all prior payments that

Section 280G of the Code:

would otherwise have been made prior to such date).

In the event that any payments, distributions, benefits or entitlements of any type payable to you, whether or
not  payable  upon  a  termination  of  employment  (“Payments”):  (i)  constitute  “parachute  payments”  within  the
meaning of Section 280G of the Code; and (ii) but for this Section would be subject to the excise tax imposed
by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Excise Tax”), then the Payments shall be reduced to such
lesser amount (the “Reduced Amount”)  that  would  result  in  no  portion  of  the  Payments  being  subject  to  the
Excise  Tax;  provided,  however,  that  such  Payments  shall  not  be  so  reduced  if  a  nationally  recognized
accounting firm or compensation consulting firm selected by the Company (the “Accountants”) determines that
without such reduction, you would be entitled to receive and retain, on a net after-tax basis (including, without
limitation, any excise taxes payable under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, federal, state and local
income taxes, social security and Medicare taxes and all other applicable taxes, determined by applying the
highest marginal rates which applied (or is likely to apply) to you for the tax year in which the Payments are to
be  made,  or  such  other  rate(s)  as  the  Accountants  determine  to  be  likely  to  apply  to  you  in  the  relevant  tax
year(s) in which any of the Payments are expected to be made), an amount that is greater than the amount, on
a  net  after-tax  basis,  that  you  would  be  entitled  to  retain  upon  receipt  of  the  Reduced  Amount.    Unless
otherwise agreed in writing, any determination made under this paragraph shall be made in good faith by the
Accountants  in  a  timely  manner  and  shall  be  binding  on  the  parties  absent  manifest  error.  In  the  event  of  a
reduction of Payments pursuant to this paragraph, the Payments shall be reduced in the order determined by
the  Accountants  that  results  in  the  greatest  economic  benefit  to  you  in  a  manner  that  would  not  result  in
subjecting you to additional tax under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. For purposes of making the
calculations required by this Section, the Accountants may make reasonable assumptions and approximations
concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application
of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  and  other  applicable  legal  authority.    The  Accountants  shall  provide  detailed
supporting calculations to both you and the Company and the Company shall bear the cost of all fees charged
by  the  Accountants  in  connection  with  any  calculations  contemplated  by  this  Section.  If  the  provisions  of
Sections  280G  and  4999  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  are  repealed  without  succession  or  if  the  Company
determines that such provisions do not apply to it and/or you for whatever reason, this paragraph shall be of no
further force or effect.

If you are in agreement with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, please execute and date the Agreement and return a copy to me.

Sincerely,

Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc.

By: /s/ John Patience

John Patience, Chairman, Board of Directors

Accepted and agreed to:

/s/ Jack Phillips

Jack Phillips

1/31/2020

Date

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit A

Letter Agreement Definitions

“Cause” to terminate your employment shall exist if the Company reasonably determines after due inquiry that any one or more of the following
has occurred: (i) your commission or conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony; (ii) your material breach of this Agreement,
any  other  agreement  you  have  entered  into  with  the  Company,  or  of  any  fiduciary  duty  you  have  to  the  Company;  (iii)  misconduct  that  is
materially injurious to the Company or a significant violation of the Company’s harassment or discrimination policies; (iv) your habitual drug or
alcohol use which materially impairs your ability to perform your duties for the Company; (v) your engaging in fraud, embezzlement or any other
illegal  conduct  that  is  materially  injurious  to  the  Company  or  any  of  its  affiliates;  (vi)  deliberate  or  intentional  refusal,  or  habitual  failure  to
discharge  your  employment  duties,  responsibilities  or  obligations  or  to  follow  the  Company’s  policies  or  procedures  which  is  not  cured,  if
curable,  within  10  days  following  the  Company’s  written  notice  to  you  of  such  behavior;  or  (vii)  your  engaging  in  any  illegal,  unethical,  or
immoral act (inside or outside of the scope of your employment) that results in material reputational or financial harm to the Company or any of
its affiliates.

“Change of Control” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Equity Plan.

“Disability” means you are unable to perform your duties under this Agreement for 90 consecutive days in any 12-month period.

“Good  Reason”  means:  (i)  a  material  diminution  of  your  base  compensation;  (ii)  a  material  diminution  of  your  authorities,  duties,  or
responsibilities; (iii) any action or inaction that constitutes a material breach of this Agreement by the Company; or a (iv) material change in the
geographic  location  at  which  you  are  required  to  provide  services.  For  a  termination  to  constitute  “Good  Reason”  for  purposes  of  this
Agreement: (1) you must provide a notice of termination to the Company within 30 days of the initial existence of the facts or circumstances
constituting such event; (2) the Company must fail to cure such facts or circumstances within 30 days after receipt of such notice; and (3) you
must actually terminate your employment within 30 days after the expiration of the cure period described in clause (2).

Exhibit B

Employee Restrictive Covenant Agreement

In consideration for Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. (the “Company”) agreement to employ me and provide me with the compensation and benefits
described  in  the  attached  Letter  Agreement  and  access  to  the  Company’s  Confidential  Information  (as  defined  below)  and  trade  secrets,  I
understand, acknowledge and agree as follows:

Restrictive Covenants:

Non-Solicitation of Customers/Prospective Customers. You  agree,  for  the  duration  of  the  Time  Limit  (as
defined  below),  that  you  will  not,  either  directly  or  indirectly,  or  in  any  individual  or  representative  capacity,
request or solicit any of the Company’s current customers or clients with whom you have had contact in the
past year to withdraw, curtail, cancel, or decrease the level of their business with the Company or request that
they do business with any third party in competition with the Company. You further agree that, for the duration
of  the  Time  Limit,  you  will  not,  either  directly  or  indirectly,  or  in  any  individual  or  representative  capacity,
request or solicit any of the Company’s prospective customers (defined as any person or entity who has been
directly solicited to become a customer or client by the Company and with whom you have had contact with
within the past year or possesses Confidential Information about) or clients with whom you have had contact
with in the past year or possesses Confidential Information about to forgo doing business with the Company or
request  that  such  prospective  customer  or  client  do  business  with  any  third  party  in  competition  with  the
Company.

Non-Solicitation of Employees/Applicants. You agree, for the duration of the Time Limit, that you will not,
either  directly  or  indirectly,  or  in  any  individual  or  representative  capacity,  solicit,  induce  or  encourage  or
attempt  to  solicit,  induce  or  encourage  any  Company  employee  and/or  applicant  to  terminate  his/her
employment or prospective employment with the Company.

Non-Competition. You agree, for the duration of the Time Limit, (as defined below), that you will not, either
directly  or  indirectly  or  in  any  individual  or  representative  capacity,  be  employed  by,  engage,  own,  manage,
operate,  control,  aid,  or  assist  another  in  the  operation,  organization  or  promotion  of,  participate  in,  advise,
contract with or otherwise engage in any manner with the ownership, management, operation, or control of any
business, which has a place of business or regularly conducts business in the Geographical Limit (as defined
below)  and  that  promotes  or  sells  products  or  services  competitive  with  those  of  the  Company.  You
acknowledge and agree that a business will be deemed “competitive” with the Company if it performs any of
the  services  or  produces,  distributes  or  sells  any  of  the  products  or  services  provided  or  offered  by  the
Company during the term of your relationship with the Company.

Tolling. The non-competition and non-solicitation Time Limits set forth above shall be tolled during any period
in which you are in breach of the restrictions set forth herein.

Reasonable Limitations. You hereby acknowledge and agree that the covenants and obligations made and
undertaken in this Agreement are fair and reasonable with respect to duration, geographic area and scope of
activity,  and  do  not  (and  shall  not)  prevent  you  from  earning  a  livelihood  in  complying  with  the  covenants
herein.

Injunctive  Relief.  You  agree  that  a  breach  of  the  covenants  described  herein  will  result  in  substantial  and
irreparable damages to the Company, which would be difficult to fully ascertain and calculate, and, by reason
of such fact, you agree that, in the event of any such breach or threatened or anticipated breach, the Company
will  have  the  right  to  a  restraining  order  and  injunction,  both  temporary  and  permanent,  enjoining  and
restraining any such breach or threatened breach, without the necessity of proving

actual damages or posting a bond. Such injunctive relief will be in addition to any other remedies available to
the Company at law or in equity.

Survival  of  Restrictive  Covenants.  Your  acknowledgements  and  agreements  set  forth  in  this  Agreement
shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement and the termination of your employment with the
Company for any reason.

Notice to Future Employers:

You  agree  that  you  will  notify,  and  the  Company  shall  have  the  right  to  notify,  any  future  or  prospective
employers,  or  individuals  or  entities  with  whom  you  may  be  entering  into  a  contractual  relationship,  of  the
Restrictive Covenant provisions of this Agreement for purposes of ensuring that the Company’s interests are
protected.

Company Proprietary
Information:

While  you  are  providing  services  to  the  Company,  the  Company  may  disclose  or  make  available  to  you,
Confidential Information. By signing this Agreement, you agree to: (i) protect and safeguard the confidentiality
of  the  Confidential  Information  with  at  least  the  same  degree  of  care  as  you  would  protect  your  own
confidential information, but in no event with less than a commercially reasonable degree of care; and (ii) not
use or disclose the Confidential Information, or permit it to be accessed, used or disclosed, for any purpose
other  than  to  carry  out  the  duties  assigned  to  you  by  the  Company  or  as  may  be  required  to  be  disclosed
pursuant to applicable federal, state or local law, regulation or a valid order issued by a court or governmental
agency  of  competent  jurisdiction.  Upon  your  termination  of  service  for  any  reason,  or  upon  the  Company’s
written  request,  you  shall  promptly  return  to  the  Company  all  copies,  whether  in  written,  electronic  or  other
form or media, of the Confidential Information, or destroy all such copies at the Company’s written request and
certify in writing to the Company that such Confidential Information has been destroyed. In addition to all other
remedies  available  at  law,  the  Company  may  seek  equitable  relief  (including  injunctive  relief)  against  you  to
prevent  the  breach  or  threatened  breach  of  this  confidentiality  covenant  and  to  secure  its  enforcement.
Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, pursuant to the Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016,
you shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a
trade  secret  that:  (a)  is  made  in  confidence  to  a  federal,  state,  or  local  government  official,  either  directly  or
indirectly, or to an attorney; and solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law;
or (b) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made
under seal. If you file a lawsuit for retaliation by the Company for reporting a suspected violation of law, you
may disclose the Company’s trade secrets to your attorney and use the trade secret in the court proceeding, if
you  file  any  document  containing  the  trade  secret  under  seal  and  do  not  disclose  the  trade  secret,  except
pursuant to court order.

In  addition  to  the  obligations  above,  we  may  ask  that  you  also  sign  the  Company’s  standard

Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Assignment Agreement.

Definitions:

For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

“Confidential Information”  means  non-public  information  about  the  Company’s  business  affairs,  products,
services, confidential intellectual property, trade secrets, third-party confidential information and other sensitive
or proprietary information, whether orally or in written, electronic or other form or media, and whether or not
marked,  designated  or  otherwise  identified  as  “confidential.”  Confidential  Information  shall  not  include
information  that,  at  the  time  of  disclosure  and  as  established  by  documentary  evidence:  (i)  is  or  becomes
generally available to and known by the public other than as a result of, directly or indirectly, any breach of this
Agreement  by  you;  (ii)  is  or  becomes  available  to  you  on  a  non-confidential  basis  from  a  third-party  source,
provided that such third-party is not and was not prohibited from disclosing such Confidential Information; (iii)
was known by or in the possession of you prior to being disclosed by or on behalf of the Company; or (iv) was
or is independently

Miscellaneous:

developed by you without reference to or use, in whole or in part, of any of the Confidential Information.

“Geographical Limit”  means  the  United  States  of  America;  if  a  court  determines  that  the  United  States  of
America is too broad, then the state of Arizona; if a court determines that Arizona is too broad, then Maricopa
and Pima County; if a court determines that Maricopa and Pima County is too broad, then Pima County only; if
a court determines that Pima County is too broad, then Tucson, Arizona.

“Time Limit” means the term of your employment with the Company and for a period of 18 months thereafter;
if  a  court  determines  that  18  months  is  longer  than  necessary  to  protect  the  Company’s  legitimate  interests,
then 12 months; if a court determines 12 months is longer than necessary to protect the Company’s legitimate
interests, then 9 months.

This  Agreement  shall  be  governed  by  and  construed  in  accordance  with  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Arizona
without regard to conflicts of law principles. If any term or provision of this Agreement is declared by a court or
tribunal of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, this Agreement shall remain in
full  force  and  effect,  and  either:  (i)  the  invalid  or  unenforceable  provision  shall  be  modified  to  the  minimum
extent necessary to make it valid and enforceable; or (ii) if such a modification is not possible, this Agreement
shall be interpreted as if such invalid or unenforceable provision were not a part hereof.

Each  party  acknowledges  that  such  party  had  the  opportunity  to  be  represented  by  counsel  in  the
negotiation and execution of this Agreement. Accordingly, the rule of construction of contract language against
the drafting party is hereby waived by each party.

The dispute resolution provisions of the Offer Letter attached hereto are incorporated by reference and
by signing below you acknowledge and agree that any dispute arising under this Agreement will be resolved in
accordance with the procedures set forth in the Offer Letter.

Accepted and agreed to:

/s/ Jack Phillips

Jack Phillips

1/31/2020

Date

 
 
 
ACCELERATE DIAGNOSTICS, INC.
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

EXHIBIT 21

Legal Entity
Accelerate Diagnostics UK Limited
Accelerate Diagnostics S.L.
Accelerate Diagnostics GmbH
Accelerate Diagnostics SARL
Accelerate Diagnostics S.r.l
Accelerate Diagnostics B.V.
AX Diagnostics C.V.
Accelerate Diagnostics Holdings, LLC
Accelerate Diagnostics RUS Limited Liability Company

Jurisdiction/Domicile
England
Spain
Germany
France
Italy
Netherlands
Netherlands
United States
Russia

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

EXHIBIT 23.1

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

(1) Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-217297) of Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc.,

(2) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-187439) pertaining to the 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan of Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc.,

(3) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-199992) pertaining to the 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan of Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc.,

(4) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-213072) pertaining to the 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan of Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc.,

(5) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-225585) pertaining to the 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan of Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc.,

and

(6) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-233185) pertaining to the 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan of Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc.

of  our  reports  dated  February  27,  2020,  with  respect  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  of  Accelerate  Diagnostics,  Inc.,  and  the
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc., included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year
ended December 31, 2019.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Phoenix, Arizona
February 27, 2020

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
RULE 13a-14 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

EXHIBIT 31.1

I, Jack Phillips, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary
to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to
the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material
respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as
defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e))  and  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to
us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. designed such internal control over financial reporting, caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under
our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our  conclusions
about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such
evaluation; and

d. disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s
most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial
reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the  registrant’s  board  of  directors  (or  persons  performing  the
equivalent functions):

a. all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which
are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information;
and

b. any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s

internal control over financial reporting.

February 27, 2020

/s/ Jack Phillips

Jack Phillips
President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
RULE 13a-14 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

EXHIBIT 31.2

I, Steve Reichling, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary
to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to
the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material
respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as
defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e))  and  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under
our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made
known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be  designed
under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions
about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on
such evaluation; and

d. disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred  during  the
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial
reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the  registrant’s  board  of  directors  (or  persons  performing  the
equivalent functions):

a. all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which
are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information;
and

b. any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s

internal control over financial reporting.

February 27, 2020

/s/ Steve Reichling

Steve Reichling
Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 32

Each  of  the  undersigned  officers  of  Accelerate  Diagnostics,  Inc.  (the  “Company”)  hereby  certifies  that,  to  his  knowledge,  the
Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2019 to which this certification is attached (the “Report”), as filed
with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on  the  date  hereof,  fully  complies  with  the  requirements  of  Section  13(a)  or  15(d)  of  the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition
and results of operations of the Company.

February 27, 2020

February 27, 2020

/s/ Jack Phillips

Jack Phillips
President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Steve Reichling

Steve Reichling
Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)